Initial commit of ebook 77611 filesHEAD main

author: www-data <www-data@mail.pglaf.org> 2026-01-03 10:46:32 -0800
committer: www-data <www-data@mail.pglaf.org> 2026-01-03 10:46:32 -0800
commit: 2db4217b8dc075955cb3ae3996e87d7ca09d45c9 (patch)
tree: 267e978cc66f05e34a1e47e8e6a90ce2a3fd224b /77611-h/77611-h.htm
1 files changed, 10679 insertions, 0 deletions
diff --git a/77611-h/77611-h.htm b/77611-h/77611-h.htm
new file mode 100644
index 0000000..c1014b4
--- /dev/null
+++ b/77611-h/77611-h.htm
@@ -0,0 +1,10679 @@
+<!DOCTYPE html>
+<html lang="en">
+<head>
+    <meta charset="UTF-8">
+    <title>
+      Courses of study in library science | Project Gutenberg
+    </title>
+    <link rel="icon" href="images/cover.jpg" type="image/x-cover">
+    <style>
+
+body {margin-left: 25%;
+    margin-right: 25%;}
+
+    h1,h2,h3,h5,h6 {
+    text-align: center; /* all headings centered */
+    clear: both;}
+h4 {text-align: left; clear: both;}
+h4.inline {text-align: left; display: inline;}
+
+p {
+    margin-top: .51em;
+    text-align: left;
+    margin-bottom: .49em;}
+
+.hang {text-indent: -1em; margin-left: 1em;}
+.p2       {margin-top: 2em;}
+
+hr {
+    width: 33%;
+    margin-top: 2em;
+    margin-bottom: 2em;
+    margin-left: 33.5%;
+    margin-right: 33.5%;
+    clear: both;
+}
+.ib {display: inline-block; margin-left: 2em;}
+hr.tb   {width: 45%; margin-left: 27.5%; margin-right: 27.5%;}
+hr.chap {width: 65%; margin-left: 17.5%; margin-right: 17.5%;}
+@media print { hr.chap {display: none; visibility: hidden;} }
+hr.full {width: 95%; margin-left: 2.5%; margin-right: 2.5%;}
+
+div.chapter {page-break-before: always;}
+h2.nobreak  {page-break-before: avoid;}
+ul {list-style-type: none;}
+
+blockquote.interlinear > DIV {padding-top: 0px; padding-right: 0px;
+padding-left: 0px; padding-right: 0px; margin-bottom: 0em; margin-top: 0.5em; vertical-align: baseline;
+display: block; line-height: 1.2em;}
+table {
+    margin-left: auto;
+    margin-right: auto;}
+table.autotable    { border-collapse: collapse; }
+table.autotable td,
+table.autotable th { padding: 0.25em; }
+
+.tdl      {text-align: left;}
+.tdr      {text-align: right;}
+.tdc      {text-align: center;}
+
+.pagenum  { /* uncomment the next line for invisible page numbers */
+/*  visibility: hidden; */ /* define the position */
+position: absolute; right: 3%; margin-right: 0em;
+text-align: right;  /* remove any special formating that could be inherited */
+font-style: normal; font-weight: normal; font-variant: normal;
+letter-spacing: 0em; text-decoration: none; text-indent: 0em;
+font-size: x-small; /* never wrap this */ white-space: nowrap;}
+.pagenum span { /* do not show text that is meant for non-css version*/
+visibility: hidden;}
+.pagenum a {display: inline-block; color: #808080;
+padding: 1px 4px 1px 4px;}
+
+.antiqua {font-family: sans-serif; font-weight: bold; font-style: normal;}
+.fancy {font-family: cursive; }
+
+.err {border-bottom: thin dotted red;}
+
+.blockquot { margin-left: 5%;
+    margin-right: 10%;}
+
+.dropcap:first-letter {font-size: 2.5em; line-height: 80%; padding: 0em;
+text-indent: 0em; margin: 0 0.2em 0 0; float: left;}
+.bb       {border-bottom: 2px solid;}
+
+.bl       {border-left: 2px solid;}
+
+.bt       {border-top: 2px solid;}
+
+.br       {border-right: 2px solid;}
+
+.bbox {border-style: solid;  padding: 1em;
+ margin-right: 20%; margin-left: 20%;}
+
+.center   {text-align: center;}
+
+.right    {text-align: right;}
+
+.smcap    {font-variant: small-caps;}
+
+.allsmcap {font-variant: small-caps; text-transform: lowercase;}
+
+.u        {text-decoration: underline;}
+.large {font-size: 120%;}
+.big {font-size: 120%;}
+.small {font-size: 85%;}
+.dropcap:first-letter {font-size: 2.5em; line-height: 80%; padding: 0em;
+text-indent: 0em; margin: 0 0.2em 0 0; float: left;}
+
+figcaption  {font-weight: bold;}
+
+/* Images */
+
+img {
+    max-width: 100%;
+    height: auto;}
+img.w100 {width: 100%;}
+
+.figcenter {
+    margin: auto;
+    text-align: center;
+    page-break-inside: avoid;
+    max-width: 100%;}
+
+/* Transcriber's notes */
+.transnote {background-color: #E6E6FA;
+    color: black;
+    font-size:small;
+    padding:0.5em;
+    margin-bottom:5em;
+    font-family:sans-serif, serif;}
+
+/* Illustration classes */
+.illowp70 {width: 70%;}
+.x-ebookmaker .illowp70 {width: 100%;}
+.illowp100 {width: 100%;}
+    </style>
+</head>
+<body>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** START OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***</div>
+<div class="transnote"><h3>Transcriber’s note</h3>
+
+<p>Variable spelling and hyphenation have been retained. Minor punctuation
+inconsistencies have been silently repaired. A list of the changes made
+can be found <a href="#Corrections">at the end of the book</a>.</p> </div>
+<h1>
+COURSES OF STUDY
+IN LIBRARY SCIENCE</h1>
+
+<p class="center"><span class=small>BEING THE</span></p>
+
+<p class="center">ASSISTANTS’ GUIDE
+TO LIBRARIANSHIP.</p>
+
+<p class="center p2"><i>BY</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>REGINALD G. WILLIAMS, F.L.A.,</strong></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Deputy Librarian, Bolton Public Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Author of “The Great Civil War: a Graded Course<br>
+of Reading;” “Writers of the Nineteenth Century;”<br>
+“The French Revolution, 1789-1795; a Graded<br>
+Course of Reading;” “A Manual of Book<br>
+Selection for the Librarian and<br>
+Book-Lover,” Etc., Joint<br>
+Author, “The Librarians’<br>
+Guide,” Etc.</i></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>SECOND REVISED AND ENLARGED EDITION.</i></p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="center">COPYRIGHT.</p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="center">THE CENTRAL PRESS<br>
+(<i>Hopkins &amp; Sons</i>)<br>
+BOLTON</p>
+<table class="autotable">
+<tr><td class="br">Sole English Agents:</td>
+<td>Sole American Agents:</td>
+</tr>
+<tr><td class="br tdc"><span class="smcap">Messrs. Grafton &amp; Co.</span>,</td>
+<td class="tdc"><span class="smcap">Messrs. R. R. Bowker Co.</span>,</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br tdc">Coptic House,</td>  <td>&nbsp;</td>   </tr>
+<tr><td class="br tdc">51, Great Russell Street,</td>
+<td class="tdc">62, West 45th Street,</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="br tdc"><span class="smcap">London, W.C.</span></td>
+<td class="tdc"><span class="smcap">New York</span>.</td></tr>
+</table>
+<p class="center">1926.
+</p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<p class="center"><strong>WE ARE</strong></p>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>Library &amp; University Agents,<br>
+Export Booksellers</strong></p>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>? ARE YOU REQUIRING ANY</strong></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li>BOOKS</li>
+<li>MAGAZINES </li>
+<li>DAILY OR WEEKLY PAPERS
+<br>or </li>
+<li>ANY OTHER PUBLICATIONS?</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>IF SO, SEND TO US.</strong></p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="center">Personal attention given to all Orders, however
+small.</p>
+<hr class="tb">
+<p>Shipments made.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">1st Editions obtained on publication and sent
+to order.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Continuation Orders. Further Volumes or Parts
+(of Books already supplied) sent on publication.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+<p class="center">
+<strong><span class="big">C. D. Cazenove &amp; Son,</span></strong><br>
+
+12-13, Henrietta Street,<br>
+Covent Garden, LONDON, W.C.2.,</p>
+<p class="right">ENGLAND.</p>
+
+<table><tr><td>Telegraphic and<br>
+Cable Address:</td> <td>Telephone:</td></tr>
+<tr><td class="tdc"><strong>EIKON, LONDON.</strong></td>
+
+
+<td class="tdc"><strong>GERHARD 4060.</strong></td> </tr></table>
+<p class="center">
+<strong>ESTABLISHED 1868.</strong>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="CONTENTS">CONTENTS</h2></div>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="tdc">PAGE.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Preface</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_ix">ix.</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="3">General Text and Reference Books. Periodicals</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_1">1</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Course</td><td>1.</td> <td>Practical Bibliography </td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_3">3</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td><td>2. </td><td>Book Selection</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_29">29</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td>  <td>3.</td> <td>Classification</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_76">76</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td>   <td>4.</td> <td>Cataloguing</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_88">88</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td>   <td>5.</td> <td>English Literary History</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_114">114</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td>   <td>6.</td> <td>Library and Museum Legislation, Organisation
+and Equipment</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_150">150</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td>   <td>7.</td> <td>Library Administration</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_169">169</a></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">”</td>   <td>8.</td> <td>History of Libraries</td>
+<td class="tdr"><a href="#Page_190">190</a></td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="bbox"><p class="center"><i>To the<br>
+MEMORY<br>
+of<br>
+THE AUTHOR<br>
+who died at<br>
+Bolton,<br>
+March 11th, 1926.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_ix">[Pg ix]</span></p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="PREFACE">PREFACE</h2>
+</div>
+
+<p class="dropcap">THESE courses of study have been compiled mainly for
+the use of Library Assistants all over the world who
+wish to make themselves more efficient in the technical
+side of their profession, and to aid them in securing the
+professional certificates awarded by the examining bodies for
+proficiency in Library Science. They make no pretence to
+satisfy the needs of the specialist in any of the selected subjects,
+but the author assures students that each course covers
+sufficient ground to enable them to pass the examinations
+if they will work diligently and well throughout the course.</p>
+
+<p>The first edition of this work was out of print within
+eighteen months of publication. This is sufficient testimony
+that the work has been well received, and has proved very
+popular with the student members of the profession. This
+edition has been completely revised and brought up to date.</p>
+
+<p>The amount of time to be devoted to each lesson will
+depend on the individual, but it is essential that the
+prescribed reading lists should be read carefully before
+attempting any answers. These lists could easily be amplified,
+but the difficulty has been to keep them within reasonable
+length and at the same time representative. A large number
+of American journals are included at the special request of
+American and Colonial students.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<div class="bbox">
+<figure class="figcenter illowp70" id="picture" style="max-width: 12.5em;">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/picture.jpg" alt="" data-role="presentation">
+
+</figure>
+
+<p class="center">
+<strong>Correspondence Tuition</strong><br>
+for<br>
+LIBRARY ASSOCIATION<br>
+EXAMINATIONS<br>
+by Experienced Librarians.
+</p>
+
+<p class="center">Fees moderate.</p>
+
+
+<p>The Courses will cover the whole of the syllabus
+of the Examination. Studies can be started at any
+time and spread over the period until the date of
+the examination.</p>
+
+<p>A special discount is allowed to members of
+N.A.L.G.O. Fees can be paid by instalments if
+desired—a small extra percentage is charged for
+this method of payment.</p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+
+<p><b>For further particulars and enrolment
+form send stamped addressed envelope to
+the General Secretary, N.C.I., Caxton Hall,
+Westminster, S.W.1.</b></p></div>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_xi">[Pg xi]</span></p>
+<p>Most students will find the practice of taking notes, and
+representing in their own words a summary of what has been
+read, to be most helpful. These notes should be compared with
+the text to ensure that essential points have not been missed.
+The questions and tests should be answered without the aid
+of text books or notes.</p>
+
+<p>I gladly avail myself of the opportunity to express my
+gratitude to my wife for her help and valuable suggestions,
+my indebtedness to Mr. James Cranshaw, for his contribution
+on English Literary History; to the large number
+of Librarians and Assistants who have written appreciative
+letters to me, and to Mr. H. Hamer, F.L.A., for looking over
+the manuscript and proof, but responsibility for any mistakes
+is mine.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+REGINALD G. WILLIAMS.</p>
+<p>
+Astley Bridge,<br>
+Bolton.<br>
+23rd January, 1926.
+</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowp100" id="decoration" style="max-width: 12.5em;">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/decoration.jpg" alt="" data-role="presentation">
+</figure>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="bbox">
+<p class="center"><span class="big">Grafton Books for Librarians</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>SUPPLEMENTARY TO THE GENERAL CATALOGUE</i>.</p>
+
+
+<p><strong>A Manual of Classification</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A Handbook of the Rules and methods of applying
+classification to Books, Shelves, Files and other matters,
+by W. C. Berwick Sayers. Demy 8vo. Cloth.
+Illustrated</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price £1 10s. 0d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>The Theory of Book Selection for Public
+Libraries</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>By Lionel R. McColvin. Cr. 8vo. Cloth, pp. 190.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 7s. 6d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>The Public Library</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>By Ernest A. Baker, D.Litt. Demy 8vo. Cloth.
+Illustrated, pp. 246.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 10s. 6d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>County Library Service</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>By Harriet Catherine Long. Demy 8vo. Cloth.
+Illustrated, pp. 206. Chicago: American Library
+Association. London: Grafton &amp; Co.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 10s. 0d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>The Library and the Community</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Increased Book Service through Library Publicity
+based on Community Studies. By Joseph L. Wheeler.
+Illustrated. Demy 8vo. Cloth. pp. 418. Chicago:
+American Library Association. London: Grafton &amp;
+Co.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 17s. 6d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+<p><strong>Library Buildings</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Notes and Plans. By Chalmers Hadley. Demy 8vo.
+Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: <span class="err" title="original: Amercian">American</span> <a id="Library_Association"></a>Library Association.
+London: Grafton &amp; Co.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price 17s. 6d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><strong>Wynkyn de Worde and his contemporaries</strong></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>From the death of Caxton to 1535. A chapter in
+English Printing. By Henry R. Plomer. Cr. 4to.
+Buckram, Gilt Top. pp. 250. Illustrated. Limited
+to 1,000 copies.</p>
+
+<p class="right">
+<b>Price £1 1s. 0d. net.</b>
+</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center">
+<span class="big">GRAFTON &amp; CO.</span><br>
+Coptic House, 51 Gt. Russell Street<br>
+LONDON, W.C. 1.
+</p></div>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><span class="pagenum" id="Page_1">[Pg 1]</span>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="big">COURSES OF STUDY IN
+LIBRARY SCIENCE</span></p>
+
+<hr class="tb">
+<h2>GENERAL TEXT AND REFERENCE BOOKS</h2></div>
+
+
+<p class="hang">American Library Association—Manual of library economy.
+<i>Preprints Nos. 1-32. A.L.A., also Grafton &amp; Co., 1s. 6d.
+each.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Manual of library economy, <i>revised edition,
+1907. O.P.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>or The third edition revised by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton,
+1919. 30s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Cannons (H. G. T.)—Bibliography of library economy, 1876-1909.
+<i>Russell &amp; Co., 1910. O.P.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>A revised edition is in preparation, and will be published
+by the American Library Association at an early date.</i></p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica; or, any other good encyclopædia.
+<i>Articles on Books, Libraries, Printing, etc.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Friedel (J. H.)—Training for librarianship: library work as
+a career. <i>Lippincott’s Training Series. Lippincott:
+Philadelphia, 1921. 7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association—Syllabus of information on facilities for
+training in librarianship and the professional examinations.
+<i>Various issues from 1894, 1904, 1907 and then
+periodically. Library Association. 2s. 6d.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_2">[Pg 2]</span></p>
+
+<h3>PERIODICALS.</h3>
+
+<p class="hang">Librarian and Book World, <i>1910 to date. Monthly. Gravesend.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">The Library, <i>1889-1919</i> (<i>continued as</i> “The Transactions of
+the Bibliographical Society: The Library”). <i>Quarterly.
+London.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Assistant, <i>1898 to date. Monthly. London.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association Record, <i>1899 to date. Quarterly. London.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Journal, <i>1876 to date. Monthly. New York.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library World, <i>1898 to date. Monthly. London.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Ontario Library Review, <i>1916 to date. Quarterly. Toronto.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Public Libraries, <i>1896 to date. Monthly. Chicago.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang p2"><i>Note</i>: Cannons’s “Bibliography of library economy” indexes
+the above periodicals from <i>1876-1909</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><strong>Abbreviations.</strong></p>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td><i>A.L.A.</i></td>           <td>American Library Association.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.</i></td>               <td>Library.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.A.</i></td>             <td>Library Assistant.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L. &amp; B.W.</i></td>        <td>Librarian and Book World.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.A.R.</i></td>           <td>Library Association Record.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.J.</i></td>             <td>Library Journal.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>L.W.</i> </td>            <td>Library World.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Ont. Lib. Rev.</i></td>   <td>Ontario Library Review.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>P.L.</i></td>             <td>Public Libraries.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>Trans. Bib. Soc.</i></td> <td>Transactions of the Bibliographical Society.</td>
+</tr></table>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_3">[Pg 3]</span></p>
+
+<h2>COURSE ONE—PRACTICAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.</h2></div>
+
+<p>This course covers the collation and description of books
+which includes the irregularities found in the make-up of
+early books. The collation by quires, by the aid of water-marks,
+signatures, catchwords, blank pages, etc. Parts of a
+modern book. Difficulties in ascertaining when books are
+perfect. What constitutes a new issue, a new edition, a reprint.
+Forms of bibliographical descriptions and the essentials
+of standard descriptions of various classes of books. Then we
+pass on to the requisites of standard book production. Typography.
+Presswork. Inks. The constituents and essentials
+of good book paper. Objects of book illustration, including
+the advantages and disadvantages of the various methods in
+use. Library bookbinding. Materials and methods in use,
+and finally the compilation of bibliographies in which the
+student is expected to know the principles of arrangement of
+Author, Subject and Classified bibliographies, and the practical
+methods of compiling various bibliographies.</p>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown (J. D.)—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>The
+English Library. Routledge, 1906. Also Grafton. 3s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown (J. D.)—The small library. <i>The English Library.
+Routledge, 1907. Also Grafton. 3s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport (Cyril)—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Westminster Series. Constable, 1907. 6s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fay (L. E.) <i>and</i> Eaton (A. T.)—Instruction in the use of books
+and libraries. <i>2nd edition, revised. Faxon &amp; Co.:
+Boston, 1919. Also Grafton. 22s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock (F. H.), <i>editor</i>.—The building of a book: a series
+of practical articles written by experts in the various
+departments of book making and distributing. <i>T. W.
+Laurie. O.P.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi (C. T.)—Printing: a practical treatise on the art of
+typography as applied more particularly to the printing
+of books. <i>6th edition, reprinted. Bell &amp; Sons, 1925.
+10s. 6d.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_4">[Pg 4]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Jacobi (C. T.)—Some notes on books and printing. <i>4th
+edition. Whittingham, 1912. 6s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association—Interim Report of the Book Production
+Committee. <i>Library Association. 1s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Mudge (I.G.)—Bibliography. (Preprint of Manual of library
+economy. <i>Chapter 24</i>). <i>A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago,
+1915, may be obtained also from Grafton &amp; Co.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>—Other text books pertaining to specific subjects will
+be mentioned in the Lesson dealing with that subject.</p>
+
+<p>Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found
+at the end of each Course.</p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Introduction. Theory. Utility. Bibliographical
+Terms.</span></p>
+
+<p>This lesson is intended to make clear to the student the
+derivation and meaning of the words bibliography and bibliographer,
+in their original and present use. The aims of bibliography.
+What is the ideal in bibliographical work? The
+different kinds of bibliographies in print. The standards of
+bibliographical work. The value and uses of bibliography
+in the library profession. Bibliographical terms. An index of
+the Latin names of towns in which printing was established
+during the fifteenth century, with their vernacular equivalents
+will be found on pp. <i>43-50</i> of Peddie’s “Fifteenth-century
+books” and on pp. <i>163-172</i> of Brown’s “Manual of practical
+bibliography.”</p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>—Such subjects as the histories of printing, paper-making,
+bookbinding, authorship, etc., do not come within the
+province of modern practical bibliography.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>pp. 1-20; 157-162.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown—Practical bibliography. <i>L. (New Series). Vol. 4,
+1903, pp. 144-151. Reply by A. W. Pollard, pp. 151-162.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_5">[Pg 5]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Campbell—The bibliography of the future. <i>1895.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Campbell—Theory of national and international bibliography.
+<i>Library Bureau. 1896. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Duff—Early printed books. <i>Books about Books. K. Paul.
+1893, pp. 201-205.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Clarke—Some points in practical bibliography. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+6. 1904, pp. 192-205.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica.—Articles <i>Bibliography</i>; <i>Book</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Chap. 10, pp. 125-134.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Feipel—Elements of bibliography. <i>Chicago, 1916. Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Ferguson—Some aspects of bibliography. <i>Johnstone: Edinburgh,
+1900, pp. 1-52 (Should be read after Mudge’s book).</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Greg—What is bibliography? <i>Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13,
+pp. 39-53.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Guppy—Science of bibliography and what it embraces. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol 2, 1900, pp. 171-175.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Horne—An introduction to the study of bibliography. <i>2 vols.
+Cadell and Davies, 1814. Early chapters.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Keogh—Practical bibliographies. <i>A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 1,
+1907, pp. 35-39.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>pp. 83-96.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Moth—Technical terms used in bibliographies, and by the
+book and printing trades. <i>Boston Book Co.</i>: Boston,
+<i>1915. 10s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Mudge—Bibliography. <i>(Preprint of Manual of library economy,
+Chapter 24.) This is a splendid introduction to modern
+practical bibliography, bringing in the derivation, present
+meaning, kinds of bibliography, etc.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Murray—Bibliography: its scope and methods. <i>Maclehose,
+1917. pp. 1-20; 51-58.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Parsons—Introduction to elementary bibliography. <i>London,
+1913. Also in L. &amp; B. W. Vol 3, 1912, pp. 43-47.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_6">[Pg 6]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Peddie—The bases of bibliographical research. <i>L.W. Vol.
+25, 1922-23, pp. 329-331.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Spofford—A book for all readers. <i>Putnam: New York,
+1905. Chap. 27, pp. 459-500.</i></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> What is bibliography? Compare the original meaning
+of the term with that of to-day.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> There are certain standards by which the reference
+value of bibliographies is judged: What do these
+standards relate to?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Define the following terms:—bibliographer; codex;
+colophon; edition de luxe; format; grangerizing;
+index expurgatorius; incunabula; recto; signatures;
+octavo; cliché; bowdlerize.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Give an account of the value of bibliography to the
+library profession.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Printed bibliographies fall naturally into recognised
+classes. Name four of these classes.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>6.</i> Discuss the field of bibliographical work for local
+bibliographical societies.</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Irregularities in the make up of books. Collation.
+Parts of a modern book. Bibliographical description.</span></p>
+
+<p>The student should note carefully the various meanings of
+the word “collation,” especially in relation to bibliography
+as distinct from cataloguing. Why early printed books
+often resembled manuscripts. Early books had no title pages.
+Irregularities to be found in the make up of early printed books.
+Bibliographical information usually found in the colophon.
+Title pages appeared about 1480. For printers’ marks or
+devices, the student is advised to consult McKerrow’s
+“Printers’ and publishers’ devices in England and Scotland,
+<i>1485-1640</i>”; Plomer’s “English printers’ ornaments,” or
+“Printers’ marks,” <i>1893</i>, by W. Roberts. Note the importance
+of the value of date and place of publication. Why
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_7">[Pg 7]</span>early printed books were not paged. How they should be
+collated by the aid of watermarks, catchwords, signatures,
+etc. Numbered pages began about 1470. Parts of a modern
+book: half-title, title page, dedication, preface, table of
+contents, list of plates or illustrations, errata, text, notes,
+appendices, index, and printer’s colophon. Sometimes a
+frontispiece may be found between the half and full title
+page. Difficulties in ascertaining if a book is perfect. Note
+the difference between a new issue, a reprint, and a new edition.
+Why prefatory pages, or introductory matter are separately
+numbered in Roman numerals. Catchwords were introduced
+in 1469 as a guide to the binder. Signatures also used as a
+guide to the binder. How the sizes of books are determined
+by the number of folds into which certain sheets of paper are
+divided. It is very important for the student to understand
+the different forms of bibliographical description and to distinguish
+the early forms from that applied to present day work.
+For this reason the entries in the standard bibliographies
+should be noted and compared.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Aldis—The printed book. <i>Cambridge Univ. Press, 1916, pp. 1-27.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Blades—On signatures in old books. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp.
+121-131.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>pp. 21-58; 87-97.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Clarke—The modern book. <i>L.A. Vol. 7, 1910, pp. 266-270.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coupland—Irregularities in the make-up of early printed
+books. <i>L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 118-119.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development. <i>pp.
+30-33; 64-76.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Duff—Early printed books. <i>pp. 206-212.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Edmond—Suggestions for the description of books printed
+between <i>1501-1640. L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 133-142.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica. Articles <i>Bibliography</i>; <i>Collation</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Chap. 3, pp. 25-39.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_8">[Pg 8]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Garnett—Some colophons of the early printers. <i>L. Vol. 2,
+1890, pp. 125-132.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 6. pp.
+62-65.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">McKerrow—Printers’ and publishers’ devices in England and
+Scotland. <i>1485-1640. (Illus. Monographs No. 16).
+Bibliographical Society, 1913.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">McKerrow—Note on variations in certain copies of the
+“Return of Pasquil.” <i>L. (New Series). Vol. 4, 1903,
+pp. 384-391.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">McKerrow—Notes on bibliographical evidence. <i>Trans. Bib.
+Soc. Vol. 12, 1911-13, pp. 237-306.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Madan—Degressive bibliographies. <i>Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol.
+9, 1906-08, pp. 53-65.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Madan—Method in bibliography. <i>Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol 1,
+1892-3, pp. 91-96.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Parsons—Introduction to elementary bibliography. <i>Also
+in L. &amp; B. W. Vol. 3, 1912, pp. 47-50.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Plomer—English printers’ ornaments. <i>1924. Grafton, £2 2s.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—Objects and methods of bibliographical collations
+and descriptions. <i>L. (New Series). Vol. 8, 1907, pp.
+209-217.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—An essay on colophons. <i>1905.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—Last words on the history of the title page, with
+notes on some colophons and 27 facsimiles of title pages.
+<i>1891.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard <i>and</i> Greg—Some points in bibliographical descriptions.
+<i>Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 9. 1906-08, pp. 31-52.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Powell—Publishers and publishing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902,
+pp. 590-601.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Proctor—Notes on signatures. <i>L. Vol. 3, 1891, pp. 177-180;
+267-269.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Rawlings—The story of books. <i>Hodder &amp; Stoughton. Chap.
+15, pp. 159-164.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_9">[Pg 9]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Roberts—Printers’ marks. <i>1893.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sharp—Practical bibliography. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+298-302.</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> The early printers were responsible for many inconsistencies
+and irregularities in the make-up of their books.
+Explain, giving examples.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> Why are blank pages often found in the middle of the
+text in early printed books?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Sketch the relative positions of watermarks or wire-lines
+in books of different sizes, and state how a watermark
+may be used in book collation.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Make out an entry of a modern book (which may be
+imaginary) comprising every bibliographical detail
+necessary to describe it completely, and give reasons
+for the particular order adopted.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Give an account of the evolution of the title page.</p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Essentials of Good Book Production.</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Printing. Typography. Presswork.</span></p>
+
+<p>The essentials of good printing include a good, firm, clean
+and sharp impression with a really good black ink. The
+student must be able to recognise the difference between
+good and bad type. The two most important factors of modern
+book production are the selection of suitable type and the
+precise format of the page when the size of the volume is
+given. Note the various founts of type. Classes of
+type, sizes, and the point system, methods of composition,
+type-casting and type-setting machines, <i>e.g.</i>, monotype,
+linotype, and others. Stereotype work. Methods of mounting
+plates for printing. Different kinds of stereotype and electrotype
+plates. Hand-press work. Kinds of presses used. The
+student should endeavour to examine Stanley Morison’s
+“Modern fine printing: an exhibit of printing issued in
+England, the United States of America, France, Germany,
+Italy, Switzerland, Czecho-Slovakia, Holland and Sweden
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_10">[Pg 10]</span>during the twentieth century and with few exceptions since
+the outbreak of the war.” <i>Benn, 1925. £13 2s. 6d.</i> and <i>his</i>
+“Four centuries of fine printing: upwards of six hundred
+examples of the work of presses established during the years
+<i>1500-1914</i>.” <i>Benn, 1924. £11 0s. 6d.</i> These two books
+are beautiful examples of fine printing, and will probably be
+found in most of our large Public Libraries.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Aldis—The printed book. <i>Chaps. 6 and 7, pp. 57-91.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">British Museum Guide to the exhibition of printed books.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Chap. 4, pp. 85-101.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica—Articles <i>Typography</i>, <i>Printing</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>.—The building of a book. <i>pp. 25-76;
+99-138.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hodges—The printing press: its place in librarianship.
+<i>L.A. Vol. 17, 1924, pp. 68-71; 97-102.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Printing. <i>Passim, with special attention devoted
+to Chaps. 1, 16 and 21.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 3, pp.
+27-39.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Legros <i>and</i> Grant—Typographical printing surfaces: the
+technology and mechanism of their production. <i>Longmans
+Green, 1916. 42s.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Meynell—Typography. The written word and the printed
+word. Some tests for types. Concerning printers’
+flowers. The pioneer work of the Pelican Press. The
+points of a well-made book. A glossary of printers’
+terms. Type specimens. A display of borders and
+initials. <i>The Pelican Press, 1923. 7s 6d.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Morison—On type faces: examples of the use of type for the
+printing of books. <i>The Medici Society, 1923. 30s.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Plomer—The history of printing, <i>1476-1898. The English
+Bookman’s Library. K. Paul, 1900.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_11">[Pg 11]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Report of the Committee appointed to select the best faces
+of type and modes of display for Government printing,
+<i>1922. H.M.S.O. 4s. also</i> Note on the legibility of
+printed matter, prepared by M. A. Legros. <i>1922.
+H.M.S.O. 1s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sharp—Practical bibliography. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+327-330.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Times Printing Number (The)—Reprinted from the 40,000
+issue of <i>The Times</i>, Tuesday, September <i>10</i>th, <i>1912.
+Times Office, 1913. 6s.</i> Articles <i>Stereotyping</i>; <i>Composition</i>;
+<i>Typography</i>.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Name three methods of moulding plates for printing
+purposes.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> Give six essential features of good type.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> What is the best style of type face for book work?
+State your reasons for your preference.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Give an account of the use of the matrix in type-founding.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Define the following terms:—stereotyping; ligature;
+sans serif; forme; quoins; shorts; point system;
+italics; large paper; black letter.</p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Paper.</span></p>
+
+<p>The student should know how to distinguish the difference
+between papyrus, parchment, vellum and paper. The article
+“paper” in the Encyclopædia Britannica will be quite sufficient
+for the history of its use and introduction into Europe.
+English paper-making dates from the fifteenth century. The
+manufacture of paper must be closely followed, first, the
+materials, then, their reduction to the pulp, the conversion
+of the pulp into paper, and finally the finishing. How to tell
+the difference between hand-made and machine made paper,
+by wire marks, deckle edge, colour, tear and rougher side.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_12">[Pg 12]</span>The effect of the “dandy roll” on “wove” and “laid”
+paper. Chain lines. Essentials of first class manufacture.
+The merits and defects of different kinds of paper. Antique,
+India, art, imitation art, Japanese vellum, super-calendar,
+etc.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Blades—Paper and paper marks. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp.
+217-223.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Chivers—Paper and binding of lending library books. <i>L.J.
+Vol. 34, 1909, pp. 350-354.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Chivers—The paper of lending library books, with some
+remarks on their bindings. <i>Illus. Chivers, 1910.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coutts <i>and</i> Stephen—Library bookbinding. <i>Grafton, 1911.
+7s. 6d. Chaps. 5 and 6, pp. 62-82.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Chap. 3, pp. 62-84.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica—Article <i>Paper</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>.—The building of a book. <i>pp. 89-98.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jenkins—Paper making in England (<i>1495-1714</i>). <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 479-488; 577-588. Vol. 3, 1901, pp.
+239-251.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Printing. <i>Chap. 32, pp. 328-339, and samples of
+paper found at the end of the book.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 5, pp.
+56-61 and samples of paper found at the end of the book.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association Book Production Committee—Interim
+Report, <i>1913</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Madan—Books in manuscript, their study and use. <i>K.
+Paul, 1893. 6s. pp. 6-12.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Maddox—Paper: its history, sources and manufacture.
+<i>Pitman, 1916.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sindall—Manufacture of paper. <i>Westminster Series. Constable,
+1908.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_13">[Pg 13]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Sindall—Physical qualities of paper. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 10.
+1908, pp. 24-35; 60-62.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sindall—Manufacture of wood pulp for paper making.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp. 336-341.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Times Printing Number (The)—Articles <i>Hand-made paper</i>;
+<i>Modern printing papers</i>; <i>Wood pulp.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection, <i>Appendix 2. Notes
+on paper making, pp. 93-103.</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Give the essential and outstanding requirements of a
+modern book paper.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> The strength of a paper is determined by the constitution
+and structure of the fibrous elements of which
+it is composed. Explain.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> What substances are now principally used in paper-making?
+State the qualities of the different papers.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> What should be the requirements in the paper for a
+book of reference of over 1,000 pages?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> What is a featherweight paper?</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Ink.</span></p>
+
+<p>The process of making printing ink consists of grinding a
+pigment, black, white, or coloured, into a suitable varnish.
+Pigment is responsible for making the impression visible.
+Varnish responsible for the holding together of the pigment
+during its distribution on the press to the type. The different
+kinds of ink. The ingredients of good printing inks. Its
+stages of manufacture. Ink used for book work must be of
+the best quality. Hand-press requires different kind of ink to
+that used in machine presses. “Jobbing ink.” “Cut ink.”</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Andes—Oil colours and printers’ inks. <i>Scott Greenwood,
+1918.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encylopædia Britannica—Article <i>Ink</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_14">[Pg 14]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>—The building of a book. <i>pp. 139-143.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Printing. <i>Chap. 19, pp. 214-217.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Mitchell—Ink. <i>Pitman.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Seymour—Modern printing inks: a practical handbook for
+printing-ink manufacturers. <i>Scott Greenwood, 1910.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Define the difference between printing inks and writing
+inks.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> Give the ingredients of a good printing ink to be used
+for book work.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Explain the following terms:—coloured inks; cut
+ink; copying inks; sympathetic inks; printers’
+inks.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> How is the impression conditioned by the flow of the ink?</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 6.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Book Illustration.</span></p>
+
+<p>The illustration of books began before the invention of
+printing, and the purpose of illustration is to carry the spirit
+of action rather than to serve as a basis for deft expression of
+technical skill. Illustrations are pictorial matter (plates,
+diagrams, etc.) generally used for the purpose of elucidating
+the text, the object being to enable the reader to obtain a
+better grasp and a more realistic view of the subject which the
+author would seek to present whether in connection with
+science, travel, or fiction. Illustrations make clearer to the
+imagination their stories and their songs by reflecting manners
+of life, interests and pursuits in a way that brightens what
+would otherwise often be commonplace.</p>
+
+<p>The student will be expected to know the purpose of book
+illustration. The merits and defects of different methods of
+illustrations now in use. The hand processes include;—in
+relief, intaglio, flat surface. Photographic processes:—in
+relief, intaglio, and flat surface. The colour processes. The
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_15">[Pg 15]</span>need for really good blocks. Students are recommended to
+purchase the booklet issued by the British Museum at 6d.
+and entitled “A guide to the processes and schools of engraving.”
+<i>2nd edition, 1923.</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Aldis—The printed book. <i>Chap. 8, pp. 92-113.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coupland—Methods of book illustration. <i>L.W. Vol. 15,
+1912-13, pp. 356-362.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Chap. 5, pp. 102-140.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Crane—Of the decorative illustrations of books. <i>2nd
+edition. Bell, 1901. 6s.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica—Articles <i>Illustration</i>; <i>Process
+and under the various methods</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—The use of books and libraries. <i>Chap.
+11, pp. 156-162.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>—The building of a book. <i>pp. 154-215.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hardie—English coloured books. <i>Connoisseurs’ Library.
+Methuen, 1906. 25s.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Printing. <i>Chaps. 22-24. pp. 236-253.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 4, pp.
+40-55.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jennings—Early wood-cut initials. <i>Methuen, 1908. 21s.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pennell—Modern illustration. <i>Ex Libris Series. Bell &amp;
+Sons, 1895. 10s. 6d.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pennell—The illustration of books. <i>T. F. Unwin, 1896.
+3s. 6d.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—Early illustrated books. <i>Books about Books.
+K. Paul, 1893.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sharp—Practical bibliography. <i>L.W. Vol 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 333-336.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sketchley—English book illustration of to-day. <i>K. Paul,
+1903. 10s. 6d.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_16">[Pg 16]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Define the objects of book illustration.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> What in your opinion is the best method of book illustration?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Name the different methods of book illustration in use
+at the present day, and draw special attention to their
+respective merits and defects.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> What has been the effect upon book-papers of the
+introduction of the “half-tone” method of illustration?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Give a brief account of the technical development of
+modern book illustration.</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 7.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Bookbinding.</span></p>
+
+<p>It is not necessary for the student to devote much time to
+the historical side of the subject if he intends taking the
+Library Association Examination. It is to the practical side
+that most attention must be given. It is essential to possess
+an elementary knowledge of binding, with special attention
+given to library bookbinding. The processes, hand and machine
+bookbinding and their relation to library bookbinding must
+be noticed. The principal qualities for a library binding are:
+flexibility, strength and durability, solidity, good materials,
+neatness, lightness, cheapness, and suitability of style. These
+qualities should be carefully followed, and the materials
+must be considered. How the quality of paper affects the
+binding. The pro and con of home binderies, and finally
+tenders and specifications.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">Aldis—The printed book. <i>Chap. 9, pp. 114-135.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">American Library Association—Binding for small libraries:
+suggestions prepared by the A.L.A. Committee on
+Bookbinding. <i>1915. 25c.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Bailey—Library bookbinding. <i>H. W. Wilson Co.: New
+York. 1916.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_17">[Pg 17]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Bliss—Better bookbinding for libraries. <i>L.J. Vol. 30,
+1905, pp. 849-857. Also in P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, pp.
+294-9.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Chivers—Relative value of leathers and other binding
+materials. <i>Illus. Chivers, 1911.</i> <i>Passim.</i>
+<i>Also in L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 415-430.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Cochrane—Costing data in bookbinding. <i>L.W. Vol. 25,
+1922-23, pp. 345-347.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Cockerell—Bookbinding, and the care of books. <i>4th edition.
+Pitman, 1923. 10s. 6d. First published 1901.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coutts <i>and</i> Stephen—Manual of library bookbinding.
+<i>Passim.</i> <i>The best book on the subject for the library
+assistant.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Dana—Lettering the backs of books when rebound for
+libraries. <i>P.L. Vol. 12, 1907, pp. 306-307.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Dana—Notes on bookbinding for libraries. <i>Latest edition.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Davenport—The book: its history and development.
+<i>Chaps. 2, 7, 8 and 9, pp. 26-61, 169-180, 181-204, 205-243.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Encyclopædia Britannica—Article <i>Bookbinding</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hitchcock, <i>editor</i>—The building of a book. <i>pp. 216-256.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Jacobi—Some notes on books and printing. <i>Chap. 7, pp.
+66-69.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association—Interim report on book production.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Library Association. <i>Sound Leather Committee.</i>—Leather
+for libraries, by E. W. Hulme and others. <i>Library
+Supply Co., 1905.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Society of Arts.—Report of the Committee on leather for
+bookbinding. <i>G. Bell &amp; Sons, 1905. First published
+1901.</i> <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Spofford—A book for all readers. <i>Chap. 3, pp. 50-87.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Edition binding. <i>L.A. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 326-330.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_18">[Pg 18]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Machine book sewing, with remarks on publishers’
+binding. <i>Library Association, 1908. 6d. Also
+in L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908; pp. 261-280.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Notes on materials for library bookbinding.
+<i>L.A. Vol. 5, 1905-07, pp. 143-146; 162-164.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Publishers’ bindings. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910.
+pp. 9-13.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Commercial bookbinding. <i>Stonehill. 7s. 6d.</i>
+<i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Times Printing Number—Article <i>Bookbinding</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Discuss the values and uses of the following binding
+materials:—pigskin, rexine, cloth, buckram, morocco,
+calf.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> Discuss the merits or demerits of three leathers suitable
+for library bookbinding. State which you consider
+the best.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Can you name any library which has a binding establishment
+of its own? Give some idea of the initial cost
+and upkeep of such an establishment.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Describe the essential features which you consider
+necessary for the binding of a book for the public
+lending library.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Define the following terms:—re-inforced; tipping;
+head-band; kettle-stitch; bleed; blind-tooling;
+marbling; plough; hollow-back; forwarding.</p>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 8.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Compilation of Bibliographies.</span></p>
+
+<p>Principles of arrangement, will differ with each type of
+bibliography. Six methods of arrangement. An author
+bibliography best arranged chronologically by dates of publication,
+supplemented with subject and title indexes. For a
+subject bibliography the best arrangement may be classified,
+with an alphabetical index to authors and subjects. The best
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_19">[Pg 19]</span>bibliography is arranged and indexed so that its contents
+may be found from the point of view of author, title, subject,
+place, or personal names. The student should examine as
+many bibliographies as possible, and note their arrangements.
+He should also possess a thorough knowledge of the practical
+methods of compiling bibliographies.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang">American Library Association and Library Association—Code
+of cataloguing rules. <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chaps. 5 and 6,
+pp. 45-86; 99-111.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Cole—Compiling a bibliography: practical hints; with
+illustrative examples. <i>New York, 1902. 20 pp. Also in
+L.J. Vol. 26, 1901 pp. 791-795; 859-863.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Coupland—Arrangement and compilation of bibliographies.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp. 180-185.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Guppy—Wigan and county bibliographies. <i>L.A.R. Vol 3,
+1925 (New series), pp. 94-102.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Greg—What is bibliography? <i>In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol.
+12, 1911-13, pp. 39-53.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hysett—County bibliography. <i>In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol.
+3, 1895-6, pp. 27-40; 167-170. Parts 1 and 2.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Madan—Method in bibliography. <i>In Trans. Bib. Soc.
+Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp. 91-103.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Murray—Bibliography: its scope and methods. <i>pp. 78-97.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Parsons—Introduction to elementary bibliography. <i>L. &amp;
+B. W. Vol. 3, 1912, pp. 84-88.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Peddie—The bases of bibliographical research. <i>L.W. Vol.
+25, 1922-23, pp. 348-350.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Peplow—Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a
+catalogue of best books. <i>L.A.R. Vol. II, 1909, pp.
+222-228. Discussion pp. 245-249.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard—Arrangement of bibliographies. <i>L. (New series.)
+Vol. 10, 1909, pp. 168-187.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_20">[Pg 20]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Sharp—Practical bibliography. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 377-380.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sparke—Town bibliographies. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913,
+pp. 366-371.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Stephen—Norfolk bibliography. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 352-364.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Wheatley—The present condition of English bibliography.
+<i>In Trans. Bib. Soc. Vol. 1, 1892-3, pp. 61-102. (Model
+author bibliography is appended).</i></p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> What principles would you consider before setting to
+work on the compilation of a bibliography?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> State briefly the different methods of compiling bibliographies.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Arrange the form headings you would use in compiling
+a bibliography of Shakespeare.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Discuss the value and method of the preparation of a
+county bibliography.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Give three examples (which may be imaginary) of the
+ideal bibliographical entries for a subject bibliography.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>6.</i> Describe generally the plan, contents, and aim of the
+two following books:—</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sparke (Archibald)—Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a
+bibliography, with biographical details, of Bolton
+authors, and the books written by them from 1550-<i>1912</i>;
+books about Bolton; and those printed and
+published in the town from <i>1785</i> to date. Bolton,
+<i>1913</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>and</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Hawkes (A. J.)—Lancashire printed books: a bibliography
+of all the books printed in Lancashire down to the year
+<i>1800</i>. Wigan, <i>1925</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_21">[Pg 21]</span></p>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+
+<p><i>Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> Bibliography is now considered from two standpoints:
+the practical and utilitarian; or, the historical and
+dilettante. Explain.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> By what means would you check a quarto book printed
+before 1750 to ascertain if it is complete?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> The <i>Kelmscott Press</i> publications, though beautiful
+specimens of artistic design applied to typography are
+at fault from the utility point of view. Explain.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> State the essentials of good press-work.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> What are the chief properties of modern book paper?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>6.</i> Why is the fibrous direction of paper important to book-work?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>7.</i> Explain the difference between “edition” and
+“library” binding.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>8.</i> What details should be specified in a full bibliographical
+description of an early printed book?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>9.</i> What principles should be observed in the annotation of
+bibliographies?</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>10.</i> How would you proceed in compiling “a bibliography
+of guides to book selection since 1900?”</p>
+
+<h3>FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO PRACTICAL
+BIBLIOGRAPHY.</h3>
+
+<p>(<i>1</i>) <span class="smcap">What is the meaning of the word Bibliography?</span></p>
+
+<p>Bibliography derives its name from two Greek words,
+which translated literally mean “the writing of books.”
+This meaning was originally adopted in the English language,
+the first recorded use of which in English is found in Blount’s
+“Dictionary” (<i>1656</i>), but with the growth of literature and
+consequent output of books, the connotation of the term
+increased rapidly, and rendered the original definition obsolete.</p>
+
+<p>The number of sciences included in the term “bibliography”
+probably reached its zenith with Gabriel Peignot, a noted
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_22">[Pg 22]</span>French bibliographer of the last century. In his enthusiasm
+for the subject he arrogated to bibliography a knowledge of
+such subjects as philosophy, logic, philology, history, mathematics,
+geography, etc., in addition to typography, the
+composition of books, material and literary, and all that
+appertains to the books themselves. In short, bibliography
+was to him the <i>scientia scientiarum</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Peignot’s English contemporary, Thomas Hartwell Horne,
+<i>1780-1862</i> gives a more concise definition in his “Study of
+bibliography” (<i>1814</i>) but he errs in the same manner, though
+in a lesser degree by claiming for bibliography an encyclopædic
+knowledge of the history, values and contents of books.</p>
+
+<p>The modern tendency for specialisation renders such
+erroneous conceptions of the subject impossible, for palæography,
+typography, history, etc., rank as distinct topics,
+though, of course, they will always be correlated.</p>
+
+<p>Many attempts have been made in recent times to give a
+concise definition of what is understood by the term “bibliography,”
+but there is little uniformity of opinion, and much
+confusion. The confusion is undoubtedly caused by the application
+of one term to what should remain distinct studies.
+The subject now resolves itself into two standpoints—the
+historical-and-dilettante; or, the practical-and-utilitarian.</p>
+
+<p>Historical bibliography to the general public is yet very
+vague in its limits, it includes the history of printing, book-collecting,
+study of the rare and curious in books, etc.; but
+among experts it is slowly and surely being limited to the
+history of printing, and in the future the historical side of
+bibliography will be known as the “history of printing.”</p>
+
+<p>When this understanding comes to pass “bibliography”
+can be applied to what is now known as “practical bibliography,”
+which is defined by the late J. D. Brown in his
+“Manual of bibliography” (<i>1906</i>) as “the science which treats
+of the description, cataloguing, and preservation of books.”</p>
+
+<p>The word “bibliography” is also applied to the literature
+of a subject, but in this sense there is little likelihood of
+confusion as it is generally used in conjunction with another
+topic, as, “A Bibliography of Cotton Spinning.”</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_23">[Pg 23]</span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>2</i>) <span class="smcap">Kinds of bibliography.</span></p>
+
+<p>There are six recognised classes of bibliographies:—</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>1.</i> General Bibliographies—Books not limited to those of
+any period, locality, author, or subject, <i>e.g.</i> Brunet’s
+“Manual du Libraire.”</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>2.</i> National Bibliographies—Books printed in a given
+country or about a given country, <i>e.g.</i> “The English
+Catalogue of Books.”</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>3.</i> Trade Bibliographies—Books in print or on sale by publishers,
+with full particulars as to size, price, pages,
+etc., <i>e.g.</i> Whitaker’s “Reference Catalogue of Current
+Literature.”</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>4.</i> Author Bibliographies—Books or articles by, or by and
+about, a particular author, <i>e.g.</i>, “Bibliography of the
+works of Shakespeare,” by W. Jaggard.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>5.</i> Subject Bibliographies—Books and articles about a
+special subject, <i>e.g.</i>, Woodbury’s “Bibliography of
+Cotton Manufacture.”</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>6.</i> Bio-Bibliographies—a compilation giving the biographies
+of writers and lists of their writings, <i>e.g.</i>, Allibone’s
+“Dictionary of Authors.”</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>3</i>) <span class="smcap">Why prefatory pages are sometimes numbered in
+roman figures.</span></p>
+
+<p>Prefatory pages are numbered in Roman figures because
+they are usually printed after the body of the book has been
+“set up.” In many cases the printer has no estimate of prefatory
+matter and to overcome the difficulty he numbers the
+text in Arabic and the preliminary pages in Roman figures.</p>
+
+<p>(<i>4</i>) <span class="smcap">“Natural history” bibliography.</span></p>
+
+<p>Panzer has been spoken of as “the one true naturalist
+among general bibliographers,” and since his day two distinct
+methods of bibliography have grown up.</p>
+
+<p>One method treats specimens of early printing simply as
+curiosities, and their value only depending according to their
+rarity or intrinsic worth, or again to some peculiar characteristic
+found in them. This method is generally associated
+with the name of Dibden.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_24">[Pg 24]</span></p>
+<p>The other method, which is called by Henry Bradshaw the
+“natural history method of bibliography” is associated with
+the name of Panzer, who was the first practical exponent.
+By this method each press must be looked upon as a <i>genus</i>,
+and each book as a <i>species</i>, and the more or less close connection
+of the different members of the family must be traced
+by the characters which they present to our observation. Bradshaw’s
+own work is the best example of this method, and the
+beginner can follow no better model than the papers he wrote
+on early printing.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>5</i>) <span class="smcap">Typography. “point system.”</span></p>
+
+<p>A unit of measurement has been accepted as a standard
+for the purpose of enabling the products of different manufacturers
+to be used together. The unit of measurement adopted
+in this country and America is the Pica which is approximately
+one-sixth of an inch in width.</p>
+
+<p class="center">TYPE BODY SIZES.</p>
+
+<table>
+
+<tr><td class="tdc">Pts.</td>   <td class="tdc">Eng &amp; Amer.</td>     <td class="tdc">Didot.</td>    <td class="tdc">English (Old).</td><td>&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>5</i></td>   <td><i>.0692</i></td>    <td><i>.074</i></td>       <td><i>.066</i></td>         <td>Pearl.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>5½</i></td>  <td><i>.0761</i></td>    <td class="tdc">—</td>           <td><i>.0725</i></td>        <td>Ruby.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>6</i></td>   <td><i>.083</i> </td>    <td><i>.0888</i></td>      <td><i>.0835</i></td>        <td>Nonpareil</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>7</i></td>   <td><i>.0969</i></td>    <td><i>.1036</i></td>      <td><i>.0987</i></td>        <td>Minion.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>8</i></td>   <td><i>.1107</i></td>    <td><i>.1184</i></td>      <td><i>.1083</i></td>        <td>Brevier.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>9</i></td>   <td><i>.1245</i></td>    <td><i>.1332</i></td>      <td><i>.118</i></td>         <td>Bourgeois.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>10</i></td>   <td><i>.1384</i></td>    <td><i>.148</i></td>       <td><i>.135</i></td>         <td>Long Primer.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>11</i></td>   <td><i>.1522</i></td>    <td><i>.1628</i></td>      <td><i>.145</i></td>         <td>Small Pica</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>12</i></td>   <td><i>.166</i></td>     <td><i>.1776</i></td>      <td><i>.1667</i></td>        <td>Pica</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>14</i></td>   <td><i>.1937</i></td>    <td><i>.2072</i></td>      <td><i>.188</i></td>         <td>English</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>16</i></td>   <td><i>.2214</i></td>    <td><i>.2368</i></td>      <td>—</td>             <td>2-line Brevier.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>18</i></td>   <td><i>.2490</i> </td>   <td><i>.2664</i></td>      <td><i>.235</i></td>         <td>Great Primer.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>20</i></td>   <td><i>.2767</i> </td>   <td><i>.296</i></td>       <td><i>.2626</i></td>        <td>Paragon.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>22</i></td>   <td><i>.3044</i></td>    <td><i>.3256</i></td>      <td><i>.289</i></td>         <td>Double Pica.</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>24</i></td>   <td><i>.332</i></td>     <td><i>.3552</i></td>      <td><i>.3362</i></td>        <td>2-line Pica</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>28</i> </td>  <td><i>.3874</i></td>    <td><i>.4144</i></td>      <td><i>.375</i></td>         <td>2-line English</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>30</i></td>   <td><i>.4151</i></td>    <td><i>.444</i></td>       <td>—</td>             <td>—</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>32</i></td>   <td><i>.4428</i></td>    <td><i>.4736</i></td>      <td><i>.469</i></td>         <td>2-line Gt. Primer</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>36</i></td>   <td><i>.498</i></td>     <td><i>.5328</i></td>      <td><i>.498</i></td>         <td>3-line Pica.</td></tr>
+</table>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_25">[Pg 25]</span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>6</i>) PRINCIPAL SIZES OF TYPE NOW USED IN BOOKS.</p>
+
+<figure class="figcenter illowp100" id="fonts_2" style="max-width: 25.0em;">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/fonts.jpg" alt="type-size">
+</figure>
+
+<p class="p2"><span class="large">This line is Pica (12 point) Modern 12345.</span></p>
+<p>This line is Long Primer (10 point) Old Style</p>
+<p><span class="small">This line is Brevier (8 point) Old Style 12345.</span></p>
+<p><span class="small">This line is Nonpariel (6 point) Modern 12345.</span></p>
+
+
+<p class="p2"><span class="smcap">Type faces.</span></p>
+<figure class="figcenter illowp100" id="fontstwo" style="max-width: 25.0em;">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/fontstwo.jpg" alt="type-faces">
+</figure>
+<table>
+<tr><td>Old Style</td>    <td>English Literary History, 1234.</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Modern Face</td>  <td>Factors and Notes 1234.</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Fancy Face </td>  <td><span class="fancy">Commercial Index 1234.</span></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Text Letter</td>  <td><span class="antiqua">Of German Origin 1234.</span></td></tr>
+</table>
+
+
+<p>(7) SIZES OF BOOKS.</p>
+<table>
+<tr><td>Royal folio</td>      <td class="tdr">20</td>  <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">12½</td> <td>ins.</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy folio</td>       <td class="tdr">17¾</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">11¼</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Crown folio</td>      <td class="tdr">15</td>  <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">10</td>   <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Foolscap folio</td>   <td class="tdr">13½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">8½</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Royal Quarto</td>     <td class="tdr">12½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">10</td>   <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy Quarto</td>      <td class="tdr">11¼</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">8⅞</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Crown Quarto</td>     <td class="tdr">10</td>  <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">7½</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Foolscap Quarto</td>   <td class="tdr">8½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">6¾</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Royal Octavo</td>     <td class="tdr">10</td>  <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">6¼</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy Octavo</td>       <td class="tdr">8⅞</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">5⅝</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Crown <span class="err" title="original: Octovo">Octavo</span></td>      <td class="tdr">7½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">5</td>   <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Foolscap Octavo</td>   <td class="tdr">6¾</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">4¼</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Royal 12mo</td>        <td class="tdr">8¼</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">5</td>   <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 12mo</td>         <td class="tdr">7½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">4⅜</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 16mo</td>         <td class="tdr">5⅜</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">4½</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 18mo</td>         <td class="tdr">6⅛</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">3⅞</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 24mo</td>         <td class="tdr">5½</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">3⅛</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Demy 32mo</td>         <td class="tdr">5⅞</td> <td class="tdc">×</td> <td class="tdr">3⅛</td>  <td class="tdc">”</td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p>(8) <span class="allsmcap">Books containing excellent bibliographies.</span></p>
+
+<p>Aflalo—Natural history of the British Isles (Vertebrates).
+<i>1898. 18 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Amherst—History of gardening in England. <i>1910. 50 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baldwin—Dictionary of philosophy and psychology. <i>Vol. 3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Berg—Vitamins. <i>Allen &amp; Unwin, 1923.</i> (<i>List of 1556 Books</i>).</p>
+
+<p>Freeman—A portrait of George Moore. <i>1922. 53 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Handschin—Methods of teaching modern languages. <i>Harrop,
+1923, 65 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hazen—Europe since 1815. <i>1910. 36 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hind—A history of engraving and etching. <i>Constable, 1923.
+26 pp. and 68 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Nicoll—A history of Restoration drama. <i>1923. 28 pp.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_26">[Pg 26]</span></p>
+<p>Rees—Libraries for children. <i>Grafton, 1924. 55 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Schelling—English literature during the life-time of Shakespeare.
+<i>1910. 30 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Simpson—The rise of Louis Napoleon. <i>1909. 18 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Singer &amp; Strang—Etching and other methods of printing
+pictures. <i>1897.</i> (<i>List of 441 Books</i>).</p>
+
+<p>Sindall—The manufacture of paper. <i>1908. 20 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p>Webb—History of trades unionism. <i>1894. 44 pp.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Note particularly</i> the very full lists of books and articles
+appended to the “Cambridge Modern History,” the “Cambridge
+Medieval History,” and the “Cambridge History of
+British Foreign Policy” and the “Cambridge History of
+English and American Literature.”</p>
+
+
+<p>(9) <span class="smcap">Some interesting books.</span></p>
+
+<p>In the research work entailed in compiling this course a
+great number of very beautiful books came under my notice.
+I made a careful examination of them, and it was with a pang
+of regret I had to omit them from the Reading Lists. However,
+I received so much joy in looking through them—the beauty
+not always being from the physical side—that I decided to
+make a select list and advise students to be on the <i>qui vive</i>
+for any of them. All the books mentioned should be in the
+possession of our large public reference libraries, and students
+wishing for a little more than the examination side of their
+studies would do well to avail themselves of any opportunity
+they may have of examining the books for themselves. If they
+are anything like true book-lovers they will be delighted with
+all they see and read.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Briquet (Ch. M.)—Les filigranes: dictionnaire historique des
+marques du papier dès leur apparition, vers <i>1282</i> jusqu’
+en 1600. <i>4 vols. Leipzig, 1923.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>This is the standard work on watermarks and first
+appeared in <i>1907</i>. There are <i>39</i> illustrations in the
+text, and <i>16,112</i> facsimilies of water-marks on <i>1,500</i>
+plates.</p></div>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_27">[Pg 27]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">The Fleuron—A journal of typography; <i>edited by</i> Oliver
+Simon. Issued annually since 1923. Contains many
+interesting and valuable articles such as, in No. <i>1</i> “A
+treatise on the development of the title-page,” by the
+editor. In No. <i>2</i>, S. Morison’s article supplies a detailed
+and documented study of the relation of capitals
+to lower case letters. In No. <i>3</i>, an article on “The
+development of the book,” by P. Angoulvent. In No.
+<i>4</i>, “Script types,” by S. Morison, and so on.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Fournier—Manuel typographique, utile aux gens de lettres,
+et à ceux qui exercent les differentes parties de l’imprimerie.
+<i>2 vols. Paris, 1764-66. £14 14s. 0d.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A work which every student of French typography should
+consult. Contains specimens of type.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Fry (Joseph) <i>and</i> Sons—A specimen of printing types, <i>by
+Joseph Fry and Sons, letter-founders, Worship Street,
+Moorfields, London, 1785</i>.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Includes specimens of Roman and Italic types. Vignettes
+of King’s Arms, ships, etc.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Guigard—Nouvel armorial du bibliophile; guide de l’amateur
+des livres armoriés. With numerous armorial illustrations.
+<i>2 vols, Paris, 1890.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>One of the best works on armorial bindings.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Grolier Club—Catalogue of an exhibition of illuminated and
+painted manuscripts, together with a few early printed
+books with illuminations; also some examples of Persian
+manuscripts, with plates in facsimile and an introductory
+essay. <i>New York, privately printed, the Grolier
+Club, 1892.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Humphreys—The illuminated books of the Middle Ages.
+An account of the development and progress of the art of
+illumination as a distinct branch of pictorial ornamentation
+from the <i>4</i>th to the <i>17</i>th centuries. <i>London,
+1849.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A standard work on the illuminated books of the Middle
+Ages.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_28">[Pg 28]</span></p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Martin—La <span class="err" title="original: minature Francaise">miniature Française</span> du <i>13</i>th au <i>15</i>th siècle. <i>Paris
+and Brussels, 1923.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A standard work on French illuminated manuscripts.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Periods of Typography—A series of handbooks to historic
+style in printing. Under the general editorship of Stanley
+Morison. The first volumes are now issued and others will
+follow from time to time. Each volume will contain an
+essay which will introduce the reader to the principal
+formative influences and to outstanding examples of the
+respective periods. The introductions are written from
+the standpoint of the amateur interested in the part
+played by the printed book in the society and culture of
+its period, each by experts.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Plomer (Henry R.)—English printers’ ornaments. <i>Grafton,
+London.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>The subject of printers’ ornaments can be clearly defined
+in its stricter meaning as the decoration of books apart
+from book illustration. Printers’ ornaments include
+head and tail pieces, initial letters, borders to title pages
+or text, and decorative blocks such as those which were
+used freely by the 16th century printer, Henry Bynneman,
+and others.</p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Pollard (A. W.)—Fine books. <i>Illus. 1912.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Silvestre (L. C.)—Marques typographiques on recueil des
+monogrammes, chiffres, enseignes, emblèmes, devises,
+rébus et fleurons des libraires et imprimeurs qui ont
+exercé en France, depuis l’introduction de l’Imprimerie,
+en <i>1470</i>, jusqu’à la fin du <span class="err" title="original: seiziéme">seizième</span> siècle; a ces marques
+sont jointes celles des Libraires et Imprimeurs qui
+pendant la meme période ont publié, hors de France,
+des livres en langue <span class="err" title="original: francaise">française</span>. <i>2 vols. Paris, 1853-67.</i>
+This work contains over thirteen hundred reproductions
+of printers’ marks and is looked upon as the standard
+work on printers’ marks.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Sotheby (S. Leigh)—The typography of the Fifteenth Century:
+being specimens of the productions of the early Continental
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_29">[Pg 29]</span>printers, exemplified in a collection of facsimilies
+from 100 works, together with their water-marks.
+<i>London, 1845.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Contains <i>26</i> plates of water-marks.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Steele (Robert)—The revival of printing. A bibliographical
+catalogue of works issued by the chief modern
+English presses, with an introduction by Robert Steele.
+<i>London, 1912.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Imprinted in the Riccardi Press Fount, by Charles T.
+Jacobi, with facsimiles of the type employed by other
+presses.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Updike (D. B.)—Printing types, their history, forms, and use,
+a study in survivals. With <i>367</i> specimens of various
+famous presses, from the invention of printing until the
+present day. <i>2 vols. Cambridge: U.S.A., 1923.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Wardle (B. L.)—Music title pages, <i>1500-1925</i>. A selection of
+examples, with an introduction. <i>London, 1926.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>This work is announced to be ready in the Spring of 1926
+and should be looked for by all students interested in
+decorative typography. The special nature of fine
+music production has called for the most lavish use of
+decoration and illustration, and a selection of the outstanding
+examples among these titles is therefore of real
+value to the designer and student of typography.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_2_BOOK_SELECTION">COURSE 2: BOOK SELECTION.</h2></div>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>The
+English Library. Routledge, 1906. 3s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay (L. E.) <i>and</i> Eaton (A. T.)—Instruction in the use of books
+and libraries: a text book for normal schools and colleges.
+<i>2nd edition, revised. Faxon &amp; Co., Boston, 1919. 22s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hopkins (F. M.)—Reference guides that should be known,
+and how to use them. <i>Willard: Michigan, 1916. $1.50</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_30">[Pg 30]</span></p>
+<p>Mudge (I. G.)—New guide to reference books: based on the
+third edition of “Guide to the study and use of reference
+books,” by Alice B. Kroeger, as revised by I. G. Mudge.
+<i>A.L.A. Pub. Board: Chicago, 1923; Grafton. 15s.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Miss Mudge’s great work is a text-book for the student
+who is beginning a systematic study of reference books,
+and is our best guide for the research worker requiring a
+guide to the reference tools available for some particular
+investigation. Complete with detailed index of authors,
+titles, subjects, and analytical references.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>or</i> Kroeger (A. B.)—Guide to the study and use of reference
+books. <i>2nd edition, with supplement, 1908; or, 3rd
+edition, with supplement. A.L.A. Pub. Board:
+Chicago, 1917.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Stewart (J. D.) <i>and</i> Clarke (O. E.)—Book selection. <i>Grafton,
+1909. 1s. Also published in the Library World, May-June,
+1909.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams (Reginald G.)—A manual of book selection for the
+librarian and book-lover. <i>Grafton, 1920. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>Note.</i>—Other text-books will be introduced as required.</p>
+</div>
+<p>Take particular note of the factors and notes to be found
+at the end of each course.</p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Knowledge of Books of Reference.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">(<i>a</i>) Different kinds of bibliographies: universal, national,
+trade and subject.</p>
+
+<p>The student is advised to read “Bibliography,” by Isadore
+Gilbert Mudge; preprint of “Manual of library economy,”
+chapter 24, published by the A.L.A. Publishing Board,
+Chicago, <i>1915</i>. For the derivation and present meaning of
+the word “bibliography,” and a description of the value of
+reference books, this chapter forms a splendid introduction.</p>
+
+<p>For the various kinds of bibliographies see Mudge’s “New
+guide to reference books” (or Kroeger’s “Guide to study
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_31">[Pg 31]</span>and use of reference books”), Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke’s
+“Book selection,” “List of bibliographical works in the
+Reading Room of the British Museum,” Brown’s “Manual of
+practical bibliography,” and Gross’s “List of books and
+articles chiefly bibliographical, designed to serve as an introduction
+to the bibliography and methods of English literary
+history.” The Universal bibliographies by Brunet, British
+Museum, Burger, Ebert, Graesse, Hain, Maittaire, Panzer,
+Peddie, Pellechet, Proctor, Watt, etc.</p>
+
+<p>For a comprehensive list of National bibliographies of 49
+countries <i>see</i> Peddie’s “National bibliographies: a descriptive
+catalogue of the works which register the books published
+in each country.” <i>London, Grafton, 1912.</i> <i>Add the</i>
+United States Catalog: books in print to January, 1912;
+edited by M. E. Potter and others, and the Cumulative book
+index. <i>White Plains, New York, Wilson, 1898-1922. Vols.
+1-24.</i> (These two are not included in Peddie’s work;) also the
+New York State Library. Selected National bibliographies.
+<i>3rd edition. Albany. University of the State of New York,
+1915. (Library School Bulletin, No. 38). 10c.</i></p>
+
+<p>The following trade bibliographies should be noted:—American
+catalogue of books, Book auction records, Publishers’
+trade list annual, United States Catalogue, Livingstone
+(America). Arber, Book prices current, British Science Guild,
+English catalogue of books, Growoll, Whitaker, etc. (English);
+Catalogue Annuel. Lorenz, etc. (France); Heinrich, Heinsius,
+Kayser, etc. (Germany); For general bibliographies the
+most important are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Nelson’s
+“Standard books,” Gray’s “Books that count,” Robertson’s
+“Courses of study”; and for American books, the A.L.A.
+book list, 1905 to date.</p>
+
+<p>A mere acquaintance with the titles of the bibliographies
+etc., will be of little service. Students must know the general
+scope, method of arrangement, standpoint, and comparative
+usefulness of each. It must be remembered also that
+many of our best bibliographies and guides appear in the
+Latin, French, and German languages.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_32">[Pg 32]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chap. 8, pp.
+113-135.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clarke—English publishing trade bibliographies. <i>L.W. Vol.
+13. 1910-11, pp. 197-201.</i></p>
+
+<p>Courtney—A register of national bibliography. <i>3 vols.,
+1905-1912. Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Part I. Chaps. 4, 5 and 10, pp. 40-83; 125-137.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ferguson—Some aspects of bibliography. <i>Johnston: Edinburgh,
+1900. Passim. A splendid introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>1923, pp. 207-223.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>or</i> Kroeger—Guide to study and use of reference books.
+<i>1908 edition, pp. 99-111. Supplement, pp. 16, 20 and
+21.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Peddie—National bibliographies. <i>Grafton, London, 1912.
+5s. Passim. Also published in the Library World,
+Vols. 12, 13, 24 and 26.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke—Book selection. <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>Also in Library World, Vol II. 1908-1909, pp. 409-417;
+445-450.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 8-12; 67-71.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions</span>:—</h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Name four universal bibliographies, and state the method
+of arrangement of two of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Describe the plan and contents, and give an estimate of
+their value as aids to book selection, of any three of the
+following works:—</p>
+</div>
+
+<ul class="blockquot"><li>Nelson—Standard books.</li>
+<li>Sonnenschein—Best books.</li>
+<li>Graesse—Tresor de livres rares et précieux.</li>
+<li>Mudge—New guide to reference books.</li>
+<li>English <span class="err" title="original: Cataogue">Catalogue</span> of books, <i>1801-1925</i>.</li>
+<li>Brunet—Manuel du libraire.</li></ul>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_33">[Pg 33]</span>
+<i>3.</i> Name two author, two subject, and two classified bibliographies.
+State their approximate prices.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Name three trade bibliographies, pointing out any differences
+in their method of arrangement and scope.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Name the various kinds of bibliographies known to you,
+giving the special features of each.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Knowledge of books of reference</span>—<i>continued</i>.</p>
+<ul>
+<li>(<i>b</i>) Catalogues of libraries.</li>
+<li>(<i>c</i>) Bibliographies of bibliography. </li>
+<li>(<i>d</i>) Special bibliographies, and </li>
+<li>(<i>e</i>) Books containing bibliographies.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>Every effort should be made to examine and
+compare the catalogues of the following libraries:—British
+Museum; Cambridge University; Chemical Society
+of London; Dr. Williams’ Library; Glasgow University;
+John Rylands Library; London Library; Pharmaceutical
+Society of London; Royal College of Surgeons; Royal
+Geographical Society; Royal Institute of Great Britain;
+Royal Medical and Chirurgical Society; St. Bride Foundation
+Library; Society of Writers to H.M. Signet; University of
+Gottingen, and University of London.</p>
+
+<p>Bibliographies of bibliography by the following authors
+must be carefully noted:—British Museum; Courtney;
+Langlois; Peignot; Petzholdt; Stein; Vallée, etc.</p>
+
+<p>For bibliographies of special subjects <i>see</i> Mudge’s “New
+guide to reference books”; Brown’s “Manual of practical
+bibliography”; “List of bibliographical works in the Reading
+Room of the British Museum,” etc.</p>
+
+<p>For short list of books containing bibliographies <i>see</i> pages <i>25-26</i>,
+and make a note of any important bibliography you come
+across during your studies.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chap. 8, pp.
+128-142.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_34">[Pg 34]</span></p>
+<p>Courtney—A register of national bibliography. <i>3 vols.
+Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ferguson—Some aspects of bibliography. <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Josephson—Bibliographies of bibliography chronologically
+arranged with occasional notes and index. <i>2nd edition.
+Bib. Soc. of America: Chicago, 1913.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>pp. 229-230;
+223-224.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>or</i> Kroeger—Guide to reference books, <i>1908 edition.
+pp. 7-9; 108-110; 116-117</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke—Book selection. <i>Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>Note the select bibliographies
+at the end of each chapter.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><i>1.</i> Describe briefly six catalogues of libraries specially
+serviceable as aids to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a brief account of four bibliographies of bibliography
+stating the method and arrangement of two
+of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give a suggestive list of twelve reference books valuable
+as aids to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Name ten modern books containing valuable bibliographies.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Name six special bibliographies giving their plan of
+arrangement.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Principles of selection.</span></p>
+
+<p>Book knowledge of the ideal selector should be both
+professional and technical, connoting familiarity with bibliographical
+aids, ability to compile bibliographical lists, and a
+thorough understanding of good bookmaking. A knowledge
+of printing and an acquaintance with the book trade, and a
+sense of personal intimacy with the books themselves is also
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_35">[Pg 35]</span>necessary. Book selection is the most important part of a
+librarian’s work.</p>
+
+<p>To be efficient the student must make a study of the many
+important aids to book selection and bibliographical guides.
+His general education should include a wide knowledge of
+literary and general history, with a smattering of the arts and
+sciences, followed by a close study of the textual characteristics
+of books in comparison with editions and reprints, in analysis
+of the many and various translations of standard books and
+classics. General principles and theory of selection. Remember
+that public libraries cater for all readers, those who seek
+instruction, and others seeking recreation. Attempt made to
+satisfy all classes of readers. Principles governed by the
+student’s estimation, of the field of choice; the kind of library
+to be catered for; size of the library; amount of money available
+for book purchase. Even large libraries can only make a
+selection; the smaller the library the smaller the selection
+within a selection. Selection for public libraries differs from
+that necessary for private libraries, the former selects, the
+latter collects. Geographical position of the library to other
+libraries. Social conditions of the population. Proportional
+representation. Methods of selection. Choice between
+editions. Withdrawals and replacements. Unfinished publications.
+Donations. Duplication. Classification as an aid
+to selection. Second-hand books. Reader’s suggestions.
+Revision of stock.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Adams—The problem of the small public library. <i>L.J.
+Vol. 29, 1904, pp. 365-367.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bacon—Principles of book selection. <i>N.Y. Libraries.
+Vol. I. 1907, pp. 3-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Book selection for public libraries. <i>In The Librarian’s
+Guide, 1923. pp. 13-17.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Book selection: fundamental principles and some
+application. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Wanted a guide to books. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900,
+pp. 89-97.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_36">[Pg 36]</span></p>
+<p>Barrett—On the selection of books for branch libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 179-191.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bascom—Book selection. <i>(A.L.A. Manual of library
+economy. Chap. 16). Published separately, 1922.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American public library. <i>3rd edition.
+Appleton: New York, 1923. Chaps. 10 and 11, pp.
+132-161.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—How to raise the standard of book selection.
+<i>P.L., Vol. 14, 1909, pp. 163-67.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Chap.
+II. Paras. 170-196, pp. 141-160.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Chap. 13. Paras.
+174-206, pp. 167-188.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—The small library. <i>The English Library. Chap. 9,
+pp. 109-138.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Plea for a select list of books. <i>L. Vol. 7, 1895,
+pp. 363-366.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Book selection. <i>L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104.</i></p>
+
+<p>Burgoyne—On the choice of books for small libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 189-197.</i></p>
+
+<p>Burgoyne—Selection and purchase of books. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+I., 1899, pp. 136-157, also in L.W., Vol. I., 1898, pp.
+157-159.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutler-Fairchild—Principles of selection of books. <i>L.J.,
+Vol. 20, 1895, pp. 339-341.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Should libraries buy only the best books or the
+best books that people will read? <i>L.J., Vol. 26, 1901,
+pp. 70-72.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dana—Library primer. <i>pp. 39-45.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and
+libraries. <i>Part 2. Chaps. 13 and 25, pp. 181-192; 392-396.</i></p>
+
+<p>Foster—Where ought the emphasis to be placed in library
+purchases? <i>L.J., Vol. 29, 1904, pp. 229-237.</i></p>
+
+<p>Harrison—On the choice of books. <i>Macmillan, 1903. 5s.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_37">[Pg 37]</span></p>
+<p>Lindsay—Some general principles of book selection. <i>P.L.
+Vol. 10, 1905, pp. 267-271.</i></p>
+
+<p>McColvin—The theory of book selection for public libraries.
+<i>Grafton, 1925. 7s. 6d. Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New Guide to reference books. <i>1923. Introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Kroeger—Guide to ... reference books. <i>Introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Public Library’s aim in bookbuying. <i>L. Vol. 6, 1906.
+Also in L.J., Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 119-123.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Book selection. <i>L.A. Vol. 4., 1901, pp. 190.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—A plea for the analytical study of the reading
+habit. <i>L.A.R., (New Series), Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 210-225.</i></p>
+
+<p>Spofford—A book for all readers. <i>Putnams Sons: New
+York. Chap. I., pp. 3-32.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke—Book selection. <i>pp. 1-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker—Practical book selection methods. <i>L.A.R. (New
+series). Vol. 2, 1924, pp. 157-164. Also published
+separately.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Proportional representation. <i>L.A.R., Vol. 6,
+1904, pp. 336-344.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection for the librarian and
+book lover. <i>Chap. I., pp. 1-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Some principles of book selection. <i>L.A., Vol.
+13, 1916, pp. 133-136; 140-144.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> You are asked to select books for a public library in a
+town of 200,000 inhabitants. State what number of
+volumes you would allocate to the lending and reference
+departments respectively, and add a table showing
+the proportional representation of the different main
+classes in each department.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State what guides to selection you would consult in
+selecting an initial stock of 25,000 volumes.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Do you consider it advisable to draw up a series of
+principles to be followed in book selection? If so
+state these principles briefly.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_38">[Pg 38]</span></p>
+<p><i>4.</i> In forming a collection of 10,000 volumes for a small
+public library, how would you ensure that no great
+author or important subject had been missed?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> In forming the initial stock for a public library what
+class of books would you endeavour to purchase
+second-hand?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> A public library has an income of £15,000 per annum.
+State how much should be spent on (<i>1</i>) Lending department;
+new books; old books; replacements,
+and (<i>2</i>) Reference library books?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Aids and guides to book selection.</span></p>
+
+<p>The number of guides to book selection is very large and
+the student will find the best selections in Mudge’s “New
+guide to reference books,” pp. <i>224-226</i>; Kroeger’s “Guide
+... to reference books”; pp. <i>111-112</i>; Williams’s
+“Manual of book selection”; and Stewart and Clarke’s
+“Book selection.” The numerous guides named in these
+books should be carefully noted. If possible try to examine
+the books themselves and note their scope, standpoint, arrangement,
+and special features (if any).</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—Book reviews. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 4, 1902, pp. 28-36.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—Librarian as censor. <i>L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp.
+237-244; 257-264.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chap. 7, pp.
+115-142.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Part I. Chaps. 4-7, pp. 40-109.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme—Librarian’s aids. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp. 119-132.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>pp. 224-226.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Kroeger—Guide to ... reference books, <i>pp. 111-117</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_39">[Pg 39]</span>
+Peplow—Some tentative proposals for the compilation of a
+catalogue of best books. <i>L.A.R. Vol. II., 1909,
+pp. 222-228. Discussion, pp. 245-249.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—How to use a library. <i>pp. 24-31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart <i>and</i> Clarke—Book selection. <i>Chap. 2, pp. 7-16.</i></p>
+
+<p>Value of reviews: discussion. <i>L.J. Vol. 33, 1908, pp. 101.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>Chap. 2, pp. 7-16.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Book selection. <i>L. &amp; B.W. Vol. 7, 1917,
+pp. 164-166; 182-5; 202-5.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Name six guides to book selection in general, and add
+notes describing the scope and plan of compilation
+of three of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State how you would ascertain what later editions are
+available of books mentioned in the standard guides.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Mention two standard works on each of the following
+subjects you would select for a lending library:—wireless
+telegraphy; French Revolution; English
+literature; modern history; and political economy.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> State what you consider to be the six most important
+contributions to bibliographical literature during the
+last ten years.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What are the principal aids to book selection in the
+following subjects:—education; music; science;
+juvenile literature, and philosophy.</p>
+
+</div>
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Prose Fiction. Young People’s Literature. Reference
+Section.</span></p>
+
+<h4>(<i>a</i>) <span class="smcap">Prose Fiction</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>The selection of prose fiction is not an easy task. Selection
+should be made on principles as given in Lesson 3. Consideration
+must be given to the percentage of fiction in relation
+to other classes, also the class of fiction in demand. Principal
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_40">[Pg 40]</span>authors of all countries should be represented. Foreign masterpieces
+should be obtainable in the original. Exclusion of
+immoral works essential. The librarian or selector will soon
+realise that he has the most difficult class of reader to satisfy.
+Selection of novelists will differ with each selector, as in most
+cases it will be found possible to make only a selection from a
+selection. About 50 new novels are published weekly, and only
+the largest libraries are able to purchase most of the suitable
+fiction. The question of duplication must be carefully considered.
+The replacement of worn-out and withdrawn books.
+The second-hand book market. A knowledge of the many
+guides to fiction necessary, supplemented by periodical
+literature. Note the literary histories of the various countries,
+especially the “Cambridge history of English literature” as
+useful guides to selection. For lists of bibliographies consult
+Williams’s “Manual of book selection,” pp. <i>45-47</i>, and Mudge’s
+“New guide to reference books,” pp. <i>141-143</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bacon—What makes a novel immoral? <i>L.A. Vol. 13,
+1910-13, pp. 129. Also in Wisconsin Library Bulletin,
+Vol. 6, 1910, pp. 83-95.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—French fiction in public libraries. <i>L.W. Vol. 2,
+1899-1900, pp. 68-81.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Standard of fiction in public libraries. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 70-80; 98-103.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bascom—Selection of fiction. <i>Wisconsin Lib. Bul. Vol.
+9, 1913, pp. 34-40.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—In defence of Emma Jane. <i>L.W. Vol. II.,
+1908-09, pp. 161-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Chap.
+11, para. 177, pp. 145-6.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Sect. 181.</i></p>
+
+<p>Crunden—New novel problem. <i>L. (New Series). Vol. I.,
+1899-1900, pp. 92-100.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—French fiction and French juvenile literature for
+the public library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp., 357-371.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_41">[Pg 41]</span></p>
+<p>Herdman—Place and treatment of fiction in public libraries.
+L.A. <i>Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 357-380. Discussion, pp. 381-2.</i></p>
+
+<p>McIntosh—Fiction selection. <i>P.L. Vol. 19, 1914, pp.
+389-392.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sawyer—Questionable books. <i>L.J. Vol. 40, 1915, pp.
+691-699.</i></p>
+
+<p>Shuman—How to judge a novel. <i>P.L. Vol. 14, 1909, pp.
+259-260.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sinclair—In defence of the novel. <i>L.A. Vol. 18, 1925,
+pp. 35-47; 56-57.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walsh—What our libraries should supply. <i>L.J. Vol. 40,
+1915, pp. 297-298.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> You are called upon to form a collection of 10,000
+volumes of prose fiction. State what works you would
+consult to aid you in your selection?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Compare the following bibliographies, as aids to the
+selection of prose fiction:—</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Baker—A guide to the best fiction in English.</p>
+
+<p>Bowen—Descriptive catalogue of historical novels
+and tales.</p>
+
+<p>Nield—-Guide to the best historical novels and
+tales.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give your opinion on how far foreign fiction should be
+represented in a public library. State whether you
+are in favour of the original works or of translations.</p>
+
+<h4>(<i>b</i>) <span class="smcap">Young people’s literature</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Great care should be taken in the selection of books for the
+Young People’s department. The tastes of the children must
+be the <i>chief</i> guide, and this will depend to a considerable
+extent upon the locality in which the child lives. The facts
+of child psychology are always subject to local conditions.
+The selection of books for young people who reside in a
+residential town will differ, even if very slight, to the
+selection that should be made for children living in a busy
+industrial or manufacturing centre. Classical literature must
+not be forced upon young people, but it should be well represented
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_42">[Pg 42]</span>in beautifully illustrated editions, to encourage the
+young people to read “the best.” The physical form of books
+selected must receive special consideration. Good paper, clear
+type and beautiful illustrations appeal to all readers. Cheap
+editions should be avoided. The aim of a juvenile collection
+is to create a reading adult with the ability to discriminate
+what he ought to read, for this reason educational editions
+are not recommended for purchase. Sensational literature is
+undesirable. Collections should be composed of works of
+romance and adventure, school stories, fairy tales, stories
+of home and domestic life. Books of a more serious nature
+however, must not be overlooked, and a choice selection made
+treating with the lives of the great men and women of all ages,
+botany, electricity, conduct of life, engineering, geology,
+history, sports and pastimes, aviation, wireless telegraphy,
+gardening, painting, art, natural history, etc.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bostwick—The making of an American’s library. <i>Boston,
+1915, pp. 91-123.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—The small library. <i>Chaps. 2 and 4, pp. 11-27; 55-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Books for very young children. <i>L.W. Vol. 9,
+1906-07, pp. 282-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cannons—Selection of books and editions for children.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp. 68-76.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and
+libraries. <i>Part 2. Chaps. 14-23, pp. 193-381.</i></p>
+
+<p>Field—Finger posts to children’s reading. <i>6th edition.
+Chicago, 1911.</i></p>
+
+<p>Forbes <i>and</i> Derthick—Children’s books and what constitutes
+a good edition. <i>P.L. Vol. 17, 1912, pp. 118-20.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hazeltine, <i>editor</i>—Library work with children. <i>Classics of
+American Librarianship. H. W. Wilson Co.: New
+York, 1917; also Grafton, 7s. 6d. Special attention to
+pp. 23-45; 363-366.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_43">[Pg 43]</span></p>
+<p>Hulst—The organisation of the course in literature in
+secondary schools. <i>English Journal. Vol. I., 1912,
+pp. 72-83.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hunt—Selection of children’s books. <i>In her Library work
+with children. A.L.A. Manual of library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jackson—The older girl and her reading. <i>Ont. Lib. Rev.
+Vol. 9, 1915, pp. 54-56.</i></p>
+
+<p>Kelly—Selection of juvenile books for a small library.
+<i>P.L. Vol.14, 1909, pp. 308-9; 367-372.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lawrence—How shall children be led to love good books?
+<i>P.L. Vol. 11, 1906, pp. 179-183.</i></p>
+
+<p>Olcott—-Childrens’ reading. <i>Boston, 1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pearson—The children’s librarian <i>versus</i> Huckleberry Finn.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 32, 1907, pp. 312-314.</i></p>
+
+<p>Powell—The Children’s library: a dynamic factor in
+education. <i>H. W. Wilson Co., New York, 1917; also
+Grafton, 10s. 6d. Chap. II. pp. 287-319. The bibliography
+on book selection on pp. 437-452 is most valuable
+and should be carefully read.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library. <i>Chaps. 1, 15, 16, pp. 1-14;
+156-203.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Some story book children of England. <i>Ont. Lib.
+Rev. Vol. 9, 1925, pp. 51-54.</i></p>
+
+<p>Terman <i>and</i> Lima—Children’s reading: a guide for parents
+and teachers. <i>Appleton: New York, 1926. $2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Thompson—On the selection of books for children. <i>L.J.
+Vol. 32, 1907, pp. 427-233.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 47-51.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p>In addition to the above consult the “Children’s Catalogue,”
+<i>3rd edition, revised and enlarged</i>, compiled by Minnie
+Earl Sears based on “Children’s Catalog of thirty-five hundred
+books,” compiled by Corinne Bacon, containing <i>4,100</i>
+titles with <i>863</i> books analyzed, <i>640</i> pages. <i>H. W. Wilson Co,
+1925, $12.</i> The Glasgow Corporation Public Libraries
+“Guide for young readers,” the “Descriptive handbook to
+juvenile literature in the Finsbury Public Libraries,” the
+“Requisition list of books for school lending libraries, by the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_44">[Pg 44]</span>London County Council,” “The Pittsburgh Carnegie Library
+graded juvenile catalogues,” and the bibliographical lists
+given in Sayers’s “Children’s Library.”</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><i>1.</i> Name six modern guides to juvenile selection, and
+describe any three of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Prepare a list of 20 books which you consider the best
+works of reference for the shelves of a Young People’s
+Room, to enable the children to improve their scholastic
+studies.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> In selecting books for the Young People’s section how
+far would you be governed by the physical form of
+the book?</p></div>
+
+
+<h4>(<i>c</i>) <span class="smcap">Reference books</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Select collection of reference books is the foundation of a
+good reference library. Its utility reckoned by extent and
+quick service its selection will furnish when demands are made.
+Large reference libraries should satisfy all demands. Small
+library collection from a selection, with “quick reference”
+books its strongest section. How to judge whether a book
+is more suitable for the reference than the lending department.
+Place books in the department where they will be
+most useful. Such works as encyclopedias, directories,
+dictionaries, atlases, maps, etc., state and parliamentary
+papers are obviously reference books; antiquarian works and
+exceptionally large books are also reference books. Allocation
+of rare, art, and large books. Cost of a book should not be
+a consideration in deciding lending <i>versus</i> reference books.
+How far should duplication be carried? Great number of
+reference works may be obtained second hand. Latest
+editions, excepting art, essential. Occasional text-books
+necessary. Local industries well represented. How a
+reference library is supplemented when in the same building
+as the lending library. If lending library books are available
+in the reference library decision of allocation becomes easier.
+Special facilities available for the loan of reference books.
+Periodical literature is a valuable asset to a reference library.
+Many good articles never appear in book-form.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_45">[Pg 45]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang"><p>Ballinger—Municipal library and its public. <i>L. (.N.S.).
+Vol 9, 1909, p. 309.</i></p>
+
+<p>Barrett—Selection of books for a reference library. <i>L.
+Vol. 8, 1896, pp. 473-481.</i></p>
+
+<p>Borrajo—Books for the reference library. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+1, 1899, pp. 770-780.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Chap.
+11, para. 185, pp. 152-3.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Sects. 188; 411;
+pp. 176-177; 382-386.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>British Museum.—<i>Department of printed books.</i> List of
+books forming the reference library in the reading room.
+<i>2 vols., 1910.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dent—Notes on the formation of a small reference library.
+<i>L. Vol. 8, 1896, pp. 531-535.</i></p>
+
+<p>Moore—Municipal reference libraries. <i>In Public Libraries,
+1917, pp. 70-85.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>A.L.A. Chicago,
+1923. Introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Reference work and reference works. <i>Ont. Lib. Rev. Vol.
+4, 1920, pp. 98-131. Every effort should be made to read
+this valuable article.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Reference books. <i>L.J. Vol. 18, 1892, pp.
+245-247.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 66-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Reference book selection. <i>L. &amp; B. W. Vol.
+8, 1917, pp. 4-6; 23-25.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wood—Selection of books for a reference library. <i>L. Vol.
+8, 1896, pp. 522-530.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> In forming a reference collection of 10,000 volumes,
+how would you ensure that no important author or
+subject had been missed?</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_46">[Pg 46]</span></p>
+<p><i>2.</i> What principles would guide you in deciding whether a
+book is more suitable for the reference than the
+lending <span class="err" title="original: departmant">department</span>?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give a list of 25 books (excluding local directories)
+which you think indispensable for “quick reference”
+in a reference library.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What bibliographical guides would you provide in a
+reference library?</p></div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 6.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Commercial Libraries. Local Collections. Other
+Special Collections.</span></p>
+
+<h4>(<i>a</i>) <span class="smcap">Commercial Libraries</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Originally organised to meet trade conditions after the
+European War. Should be the centre where business men may
+obtain reliable commercial information immediately on demand,
+and should contain Commercial and Industrial data (reports of
+Boards of Trade and Agriculture and Fisheries, Consular
+and Colonial reports, Parliamentary publications relating to
+commerce, trade periodicals and catalogues, reports of
+Chambers of Commerce, statistical publications). Geographical
+information (atlases, maps, gazetteers, directories,
+books of travel written from the standpoint of commercial
+development). Transport and communication (shipping,
+railway and postal guides, telephone directories, telegraphic
+codes). Financial information (tariffs, foreign exchanges,
+banking, company reports). Commercial and industrial law.
+Business organisation (office methods, advertising, salesmanship,
+works management, accountancy, costing, etc.). Working
+collection of special and general reference books. Journals
+of commerce, industry and finance.</p>
+
+<p>The following bibliographical aids should be examined:—</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Cannons (H. G. T.)—Bibliography of industrial efficiency
+and factory management. <i>1920.</i> Greenwood (E.)—Classified
+guide to technical and commercial books;
+a subject list of the principal British and American
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_47">[Pg 47]</span>works in print. <i>1904.</i> Morley (L. H.) <i>and</i> Knight
+(A. C.)—2,400 business books and guide to business
+literature; [compiled] under the direction of J. C.
+Dana. <i>1920. Grafton, 30s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>Revised edition by
+W. C. B. Sayers. Sects. 450-459, pp. 418-423.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—The commercial library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 118-124.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt—Memoranda on commercial libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+19, 1917, pp. 175-178.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt <i>and others</i>—Commercial libraries. <i>In Public Libraries,
+1917, pp. 47-64; 117-120.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Technical and commercial libraries. <i>L.A.R., Vol.
+20, 1918, pp. 159-162.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—How the public library can help the business man.
+<i>Bolton Public Libraries. 1s. Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Whitton—Proposed library of municipal affairs. <i>L.J. Vol.
+33, 1908, pp. 224.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><i>Refer also to</i> Handbooks on commercial libraries issued by
+the Glasgow, Manchester, Bolton, Birmingham and other
+important libraries.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What bibliographies would you place in a commercial
+library? Give reasons for your choice.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a list of 25 books essential to the man of business.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Discuss the value of consular and colonial reports in a
+commercial library.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> From what sources may the commercial librarian
+supply up-to-date information on any trade or industry?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4>(<i>b</i>) <span class="smcap">Local Collections</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Every public library should have its local collection, and
+the book selector should keep a careful look out for (<i>1</i>) all
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_48">[Pg 48]</span>literature referring to the locality; (<i>2</i>) maps, plans, prints,
+drawings, photographs, etc., of the locality; (<i>3</i>) writings
+of local authors; (<i>4</i>) newspapers and periodicals issued
+locally; (<i>5</i>) literature printed locally; (<i>6</i>) local records,
+such as parish registers, rate books, and other MSS., printed
+transactions of the local authorities, local Acts of Parliament,
+etc., and (<i>7</i>) specimens of the work of local binders, if of any
+eminence. Many local works may be selected from the
+second-hand booksellers’ catalogues. County bibliographies
+are useful in guiding selection, and the columns of the “Publishers’
+Circular” must not be overlooked.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anderton—On planning a printed catalogue of local literature.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 542-552.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Our local collections and local documents. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 96-98.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition, Chap.
+11, para 186, pp. 153-4.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Chap. 28, paras.
+422-444.</i></p>
+
+<p>Collier—Local records in public libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+13, 1911, pp. 268-275.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Bibliography of local literature. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+4, 1902, pp. 37-44.</i></p>
+
+<p>Reese—What is a local author? <i>L.J. Vol. 44, 1919,
+p. 43.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ross—Book selection; local collections. <i>L.W. Vol.
+10, 1907. pp. 71-76.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—Local collections in public libraries. <i>L.W. Vol.
+2, 1899-1900, pp. 185-187.</i></p>
+
+<p>Webb—Function of the public library in respect to the
+political sciences. <i>L.A.R., Vol. 7, 1905.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 61-62.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_49">[Pg 49]</span></p>
+<p>Wright—Local collections: what should be collected and
+how to obtain material. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
+1-11.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> State briefly what class of books you would select in
+forming a local collection.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What principles would you follow in compiling a
+bibliography or catalogue of local books?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What examples of local bibliographies are known to
+you? Describe any three.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe generally the plan, contents and aim of the
+two following books:—</p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Sparke (A)—Bibliographia Boltoniensis: being a bibliography
+of Bolton authors, <i>and</i></p>
+
+<p>Hawkes (A. J.)—Lancashire printed books: a bibliography
+of all the books printed in Lancashire down
+to the year 1800. <i>1925.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4>(<i>c</i>) <span class="smcap">Other Special Collections</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p><i>Technical Libraries.</i>—Technical libraries are now essential
+both to technical education and to manufacture. They
+should consist of all modern text-books, encyclopædias,
+directories, etc. Polyglot and technological dictionaries.
+Current digests and indexes to periodical literature and state
+publications.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Hulme—Technical libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp.
+484-497.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme <i>and others</i>—Technical libraries. <i>In Public Libraries,
+1917, pp. 65-77; 114-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Matthews—The technical library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 141-157.</i></p>
+
+<p>Reynolds—The technical library in its relation to the educational
+and industrial development. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+19, 1917, pp. 250-261.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_50">[Pg 50]</span></p>
+<p>Savage—Technical libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp.
+264-270.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Technical and commercial libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+20, 1918, pp. 159-162.</i></p>
+
+<p>Simmett—Technical libraries and intelligence. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 124-140.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What critical and specialised aids has the librarian
+to help him in his selection of technical books?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> How far is a library justified in forming special technical
+collections?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><i>Foreign Collections</i>:—</h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>American Library Association—Foreign book lists. Nos.
+1-7. Boston and Chicago. <i>A.L.A. Publishing Board,
+1907-16. Contents—1.—German. 2.—Hungarian. 3.—French.
+4.—Norwegian and Danish. 5.—Swedish.
+6.—Polish. 7.—Russian.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 72-75.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Selection of foreign literature. <i>L. &amp;. B.W.
+Vol. 8, 1917, pp. 25-26; 44-46.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What bibliographical or other guides would you consult
+in forming a representative collection of standard
+French and German literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What classes of modern foreign literature would you
+purchase for a lending library catering for a population
+of 200,000.</p></div>
+
+<h4><i>Books for the Blind.</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Neisser—Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work
+with the blind. <i>A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp.
+216-221.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_51">[Pg 51]</span>
+Roebuck—Literature for the blind, and the public library
+movement in connection therewith. <i>L.A. Vol. 3,
+1902, pp. 253-260.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 7.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Selection of Special Classes of Literature</span>—<i>continued</i>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Philosophy and Religion.</span>—Should the selection of
+philosophical and religious works be made without principles
+the result will be unsatisfactory. Consecutive reading must
+always be borne in mind. One-sided selection avoided.
+Nelson’s “Standard Books, Vols. <i>1</i> and <i>2</i>, Sonnenschein’s
+“Best Books, Part <i>1</i>,” and Robertson’s “Courses of study,”
+should be carefully consulted when selection is being made.
+Sectarian and “crank” literature should be avoided in
+selecting religious works. Jastrow’s “Study of religion” is
+recommended for careful reading as an introduction to
+religion. Hurst’s “Biblioteca theologia” and <i>his</i> “Literature
+of theology,” Frazer’s “Golden Bough,” Vol. <i>12</i> (for bibliography)
+and Rands’ “Bibliography,” in Baldwin’s “Dictionary
+of philosophy and psychology,” Vol. <i>3</i> are useful in selection.
+In both these classes modern thought must be well represented.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Ayres—Theological literature in libraries. <i>L.J. Vol. 28,
+1903, pp. 601-603.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bisseker—A student’s library. <i>Kelly, 1911, pp. 46-122;
+184-208; 243-265; 271-280.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bowerman—Principles governing the choice of religious
+and theological books for public libraries. <i>L.J. Vol.
+30, 1905, pp. 137-140.</i></p>
+
+<p>Deane—A library of religion. <i>Mowbray, 1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jastrow—Study of religion. <i>Cont. Science Series. Scott,
+1901. Take particular note of the Bibliography on pp.
+399-415.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 20-24.</i></p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_52">[Pg 52]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What guide books would you consult in selecting a
+nucleus stock of books in philosophy and religion?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> How would you be guided in the discarding of obsolete
+books in this section?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What are the principal periodical guides to new books
+of religion and philosophy?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="inline"><span class="smcap">Sociology.</span></h4><p>—Always a popular class of literature with the
+reading public. Frequent revision of stock is essential to
+retain a “live” class. Subjects like political science and
+statistics must be represented by the latest editions. The
+following are the chief guides to selection:—Nelson’s “Standard
+books,” Vol. <i>1</i>; Bisseker’s “Student’s library,” <i>pp.
+209-239; 281-297</i>; Bliss’s “Handbook of socialism”;
+Bowker and Isle’s “Readers guide to economic, social, and
+political science”; Fabian Society’s “What to read on
+social and economic subjects”; Robertson’s “Courses of
+study”; Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Vol. <i>2</i>; Stammhammer’s
+“Bibliographie der sozialismus und <span class="err" title="original: cummunismus">kommunismus</span>”;
+“Bibliographie der sozialwissenschaften,” <i>1905</i> to date;
+Bulkeley’s “Bibliographical survey of contemporary sources
+for the economic and social history of the War”; Zimand’s
+“Modern social movements”; and <i>in</i> Williams’s “Manual of
+book selection,” <i>pp. 24-26</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> How would you find out what later editions are available
+of books given in the standard guides?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a brief account of Gross’s “Bibliography of
+British municipal history,” and its value in the
+selection of books on sociology.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Draw up a graded reading course of not more than
+twelve books on political economy.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Science and Technology</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>The two most important sections in a public library, as
+the subjects in both classes continually change and develop.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_53">[Pg 53]</span>In no other classes do works so soon become obsolete. Before
+making selection for an initial stock it is advisable to read
+through as many brief histories of the sciences as possible as
+they will enumerate the writers whose influence in the various
+sciences have been greatest. The standard bibliographies
+must be consulted in selecting initial stock, but when formed,
+it must be kept alive by a careful reading of the periodical
+literature, where the latest information will be obtained.
+As new editions of works in stock are published, they must be
+purchased if they contain additional or revised material,
+and take the place of the old edition on the shelf. The
+British Science Guild’s “Catalogue of British scientific
+and technical books,” first published in 1921, new and
+revised edition, 1925, complete with author and subject
+indexes, together with the numerous guides mentioned in
+Mudge’s “New guide to reference books,” pp. <i>23</i> (technical
+lists); <i>97-104</i> and <i>104-114</i> will render ample assistance to the
+selector, who will also find the British Museum Subject Index
+most useful for the titles of books in these classes published
+in England.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bisseker—A student’s library. <i>pp. 156-183; 266-270.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clarke—Scientific text books and the disposal of books
+out-of-date. <i>L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-167.</i></p>
+
+<p>Craver—The library in relation to special classes of readers.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 31, 1906, pp. 72.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme <i>and others</i>—Technical libraries. <i>In Public Libraries:
+their development and future organisation,
+1917, pp. 65-77; 114-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Technical libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 5, 1903, pp.
+467-472.</i></p>
+
+<p>Morris—Popular science for the public library. <i>Ont. Lib.
+Rev. Vol. 7, 1922, pp. 27-50.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Some difficulties in the selection of scientific and
+technological books. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 10, 1908, pp. 162-174.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_54">[Pg 54]</span></p>
+<p>Savage—Science and technology in public libraries. <i>L.
+Vol. 12, 1909, pp. 1-4; 46-48.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sohon (J. A.) <i>and</i> Schaaf (W. L.)—A reference list of bibliographies,
+chemistry, chemical technology and chemical
+engineering published since <i>1900</i>. <i>Wilson: New York,
+1924.</i> <i>$2.50.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—<i>In</i> Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 17-19;
+28-30.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> “This section requires constant revision and weeding
+out if it is to be a live section.” Discuss this statement.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name a bibliography on each of the following subjects:
+astronomy; physics; botany; wireless telegraphy;
+chemical technology.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Describe six general guides to book selection in this
+section.</p></div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Literature</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Very little material has been published on what is best to
+select in pure literature. Probably the article “Literature”
+in the Encyclopædia “Britannica” is the best introduction,
+followed by W. H. Hudson’s “An introduction to the study
+of literature”, H. B. Charlton’s “Art of literary study: an
+approach to literature for the plain man,” and Bisseker’s “A
+student’s library,” <i>pp. 11-45</i>, for general literature. For
+English the “Cambridge history of English literature,” <i>14</i> vols.,
+Knowlson’s “How to study English literature,” Manly and
+Rickert’s “Contemporary British literature,” and Williams’s
+“Craft of literature,” may be profitably read and Cant’s
+“Bibliography of English drama from <i>1890-1920</i>, giving
+separate titles and short annotations.” <i>L.A.R. Vol. 24,
+1922, pp. 41-57</i> and Brown’s “The realm of poetry,” <i>1921</i>
+should be consulted. Pancoast’s “American literature,”
+and “History of American literature,” being supplementary
+volumes to the “Cambridge history of English literature,”
+should be followed for American literature. The bibliographies
+and many guides mentioned on <i>pp. 120-150</i> in Mudge’s “New
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_55">[Pg 55]</span>guide to reference books,” should be carefully looked through.
+“A register of bibliographies of the English language and
+literature, by C. S. Northup <i>and others</i>.” Milford, <i>1925</i>, should
+also be consulted. The general principles of book selection
+must now be applied, and care taken to be certain that the
+principal dramatists, poets, essayists, etc., are well represented.
+Text books dealing with the literary histories of all countries
+should be available, as well as all guides to literary forms.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What are the principal aids to book selection in the
+following subjects:—drama; American literature;
+English poetry; and Spanish literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name six dictionaries of quotations, and two of similes.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Where several translations of a standard foreign work
+are available, how would you be guided in making
+your choice of one?</p></div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Language</span>:—</h4>
+
+<p>Systematic selection essential if the stock is to prove
+valuable and useful. The standard modern works on all
+languages should be represented and attention paid to the
+historical side. Naturally, works on our own language will
+have preference over all others, followed by a good selection of
+works on the French, German, Italian, Spanish and Russian
+languages. Other nationalities should be represented according
+to the demands made by the public. Students should read
+the article “Language” in the Encyclopædia Britannica,
+and as aids to selection consult the following works:—Nelson’s
+“Standard books,” Vol. <i>3</i>; Sonnenschein’s “Best
+books,” Vol. <i>3</i>; Breule’s “Handy bibliographical guide to
+the study of German language and literature”; Braunholtz’s
+“Books of reference and teachers of French”;
+Robertson’s “Courses of study”; and Williams’s “Manual
+of book selection,” <i>pp 26-27</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give your opinion as to the best dictionary of the
+English language when the purchase is limited to one.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name dictionaries for the following subjects:—
+synonyms; slang; rhymes.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_56">[Pg 56]</span></p>
+<p><i>3.</i> Name the best dictionaries for the following languages:
+Anglo-Saxon; French; German; Italian and
+Spanish.</p></div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 8.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Fine and Recreative Arts. History. Biography.
+Geography. Travel.</span></p>
+
+<p>Fine and Recreative Arts.—Another class where
+principles must be carefully followed, otherwise a lot of money
+may be wasted. The general histories, text-books and outlines
+should present no difficulty. It is when we come to books
+where the illustrations form the predominating feature that
+difficulties arise. Many splendid guides are available, including
+Nelson’s “Standard books,” compiled by the staff
+of the National Art Library, South Kensington; Sturgis
+and Krehbiel’s “Annotated bibliography of Fine Art,”
+compiled by experts; and the British Museum Subject Index.
+For reference:—the “Universal catalogue of books on art,”
+<i>1870-77</i>; and Macfall’s “History of painting” are also useful.
+Bibliographical articles in the encyclopædias should not be
+overlooked. Note the bibliographies and guides mentioned
+in Mudge’s “Reference books,” <i>pp. 114-120</i>. Guides to special
+subjects are too numerous to mention here, and the student
+is referred to the lists published by the South Kensington
+Museum.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Batsford—Some suggestions on the formation of a small
+library of reference books on ornament and the decorative
+arts. <i>L. Vol. 9, 1897, pp. 251-269.</i></p>
+
+<p>Books valuable in the study of art. <i>P.L. Vol. 13, 1908, pp.
+253-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchcock—Books on fine and decorative arts suggested for
+small public libraries. <i>P.L. Vol. 7, 1902, pp. 25-27.</i></p>
+
+<p>McColvin—Music in public libraries. <i>Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d.
+Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mathews—Libraries and music. <i>L. Vol. 5, 1893, pp. 190-2.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_57">[Pg 57]</span></p>
+<p>Musical libraries: discussion. <i>P.L. Vol. 3, pp. 53-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Weale—Two notes for art libraries. <i>L. (N.S.), Vol. 1,
+1899-1900, pp. 365-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 30-32.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What principles would you be guided by in deciding
+what edition of a book should be purchased out of a
+number of editions?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Mention the principal aids to book selection in any two
+of the following subjects:—Christian art; ceramics;
+decorative art; painting; freehand drawing;
+Italian art; schools of painting; music.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Make a selection of periodicals useful as aids to book
+selection of fine and recreative arts.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Discuss the advisability of co-operation by neighbouring
+libraries in the purchase of the larger and more expensive
+art books.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> State what books you would use to find the market
+price of the older art books.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Name four booksellers who specialise in fine art books.</p></div>
+
+<p>History, Biography, Geography and Travel:—Consecutive
+selection necessary. All epochs should be represented and
+British history well covered. The chief guides to selection
+are Sonnenschein’s “Best books,” Vol. <i>3</i>; Nelson’s “Standard
+books”; Robertson’s “Courses of study”; Langlois’s
+“Manuel de bibliographie historique,” part <i>1</i> (<i>1907</i>); Adams’s
+“Manual of historical literature” (<i>3rd revised edition, 1903</i>);
+Annual bulletin and select lists of the Historical Association.
+Gross’s “Sources and literature of English history” and <i>his</i>
+“Bibliography of British municipal history” are excellent
+for British history. Sir P. Protheroe’s “Select analytical
+list of books concerning the Great (European) War” is the
+best guide to the literature of the European War.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_58">[Pg 58]</span></p>
+<p>Bibliographies found in Mudge’s “Reference books,”
+<i>pp. 183-196</i>, the Cambridge Histories and the “Story of
+the Nations” series are valuable aids.</p>
+
+<p>Guides to biography are scarce but Chambers’s “Biographical
+dictionary,” Chambers’s “Encyclopædia,” and
+the “Dictionary of National biography” supplemented by
+Mudge, <i>pp. 150-168</i>, will answer most calls made upon them.</p>
+
+<p>Voyages and travels always command a good reading
+public but care should be taken to exclude ephemeral “globe-trotting”
+variety.</p>
+
+<p>For geography and travel Mill’s “Guide to geographical
+books and appliances,” revised by A. J. Herbertson and N. E.
+MacMunn will be found indispensable. It includes geographical
+novels, general reference works, lists of text-books,
+in fact nearly a bibliography of geography. The bibliographies
+found at the end of each chapter of Mill’s “International
+geography” will also be found useful. In the selection of the
+older books Anderson’s “Book of British topography” although
+now a little out of date is still valuable, and Mudge, <i>pp. 172-183</i>
+should also be consulted.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Adams—Manual of historical literature. <i>Harper: New
+York, 1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bibliographies in the “Story of the Nations” series.</p>
+
+<p>Bisseker—A student’s library. <i>pp. 123-155.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gross—Bibliography of British municipal history. <i>Longmans:
+New York, 1897.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gross—Sources and literature of English history from the
+earliest times to about 1485. <i>Longmans, 1915.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hall—Methods of teaching history. <i>Harrap, 1913.</i></p>
+
+<p>Larned—Literature of American history. <i>A.L.A. Pub.
+Board, Boston.</i></p>
+
+<p>Langlois—Manuel de bibliographie historique. <i>2 vols.</i>
+<i>Hachette, Paris, 1901-04.</i></p>
+
+<p>Robertson—Courses of study. <i>pp. 139-328; 366-370.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_59">[Pg 59]</span></p>
+<p>Sykes—Biography for a small library. <i>Ont. Lib. Rev.
+Vol. 2, 1918, pp. 116-119.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams—Manual of book selection. <i>pp. 52-55.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Mention two books on each of the following subjects
+which you would recommend to a reader:—Joan of
+Arc; French Revolution; Oliver Cromwell; European
+War; London; Gunpowder Plot.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Draw up an annotated reading course of not less than
+ten books on British history.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Name six periodicals valuable as aids to book selection
+in this section.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 9.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Selection of Periodicals.</span></p>
+
+<p>Primary object in the selection of periodicals should be to
+supplement the stock of books in the library by up-to-date
+literature not available in book form. The second consideration
+should be to aim at supplying magazines for recreation as well
+as instruction. On the same principle that crank and sectarian
+works are prohibited from the best book stocks so should
+periodicals of this nature be excluded. Trade, scientific,
+technical, and special periodicals should receive first consideration,
+and special attention given to the papers that
+cover the chief industries of the town to be served. A good
+selection of periodicals dealing with literature, art, science,
+etc., will add attractiveness to the room. Newspapers selected
+should represent the political parties impartially. The various
+press guides, lists published by large libraries, such as the
+Mitchell Library and Cannons’s “Classified guide to <i>1,700</i>
+annuals, directories and year books,” <i>Grafton. 1923, 5s.</i>, will
+be found useful in the selection of this class of literature.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Briscoe—Selection of periodicals. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10,
+pp. 215-216.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_60">[Pg 60]</span>
+Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition.</i> <i>Chap.</i> 11.
+<i>para. 200, pp. 163-165</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>or</i> Revised edition by W. C. B. Sayers. <i>Chap. 13, paras.
+203-204.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Selection of current periodicals. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6,
+pp. 591-597.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dana—Periodicals for a small library. <i>P.L. Vol. 11,
+1906, p. 367.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mudge—New guide to reference books. <i>pp. 5-23.</i></p>
+
+<p>Kroeger—Guide to ... reference books. <i>pp. 1-31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Steele—A selected list of periodicals which review books.
+<i>Ont. Lib. Rev., Vol. 8, 1923, pp. 12-13.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walter—Periodicals for a small library. <i>1919 edition.
+A.L.A. Pub. Board, Chicago. 1919. 15c.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Make an annotated list of the monthly and quarterly
+periodicals you would consider necessary in a reading
+room serving a population of 100,000.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Briefly describe how you would deal with periodicals
+offered gratis.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Make a selection of newspapers and periodicals on:—economics,
+education, engineering, not more than
+six on each, indicating their valuable features and
+giving published prices.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe the general contents and special features of
+any three of the following periodicals, and any two of
+the annuals:—</p>
+</div>
+<table>
+<tr><td>English Review</td> <td>Connoisseur</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Whitaker’s Almanack</td> <td>Ueber Land und Meer</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Revue des deux mondes</td> <td>British Trade Year Book</td></tr>
+<tr><td>The Reader</td> <td>Librarians’ Guide</td></tr>
+<tr><td>Annual Register</td>
+<td>Decimal Educator</td></tr>
+</table>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><i>5.</i> Make an annotated list of ten periodicals you would
+select for a Young People’s Reading Room.</p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_61">[Pg 61]</span></p>
+
+<h4 class="center"><span class="smcap">Test Examination.</span></h4>
+
+<p><i>Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc.</i></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Write a short essay on the principles of book selection
+as applied to public libraries.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name the various kinds of bibliographies available as
+aids to book selection, and give an account of two in
+each section.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> State briefly what you know of the following catalogues,
+giving the method of arrangement of each:—British
+Museum; London Library; John Rylands Library,
+and Cambridge University.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What do you consider to be the twelve best guides to
+book selection?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Discuss the value of “The Annual Register” as an aid
+to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What books of reference would you consult for anonymous
+and pseudonymous works in (<i>1</i>) English, (<i>2</i>)
+French and (<i>3</i>) German?</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> What authors would you recommend to a reader desirous
+of being acquainted with Napoleon I.; psychoanalysis;
+parliament; philately; Marie Antoinette;
+Spanish literature; League of Nations, and wireless
+telegraphy.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Give reasons for and against the desirability of not
+purchasing fiction until a year after publication.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Describe briefly not <span class="err" title="original: nore">more</span> than six catalogues of libraries
+specially serviceable as aids to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> State briefly on what principles you would be guided in
+accepting or declining donations of books.</p>
+
+<p><i>11.</i> Give an annotated list of twelve periodicals you would
+consider necessary in a Ladies’ Reading Room.</p>
+
+<p><i>12.</i> Name twelve periodicals that should be permanently
+stored in a public reference library.</p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_62">[Pg 62]</span></p>
+
+<h3>FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO BOOK
+SELECTION.</h3>
+
+<p>(<i>1</i>) <span class="smcap">Select List of Universal Bibliographies.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Note.—An universal bibliography has not yet been compiled
+but the following are recognised as units towards such a
+work.</i></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Bibliographical Society of America.—Census of fifteenth
+century books owned in America; compiled by a
+Committee of the <span class="err" title="original: Bibliograhpical">Bibliographical</span> Society of America.
+<i>New York, 1919.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> British Museum Library.—Catalogue of books printed
+in the 15th century now in the British Museum.
+<i>London, 1912-1916. Parts 1-4.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Brunet (Jacques Charles)—Manuel du libraire et de
+l’amateur de livres. 5 éd. originalt entiérement
+refinde et augm d’un tiers. <i>Paris, Didot, 1860-65.
+6 Vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Supplément, par P. Deschamps et G. Brunet. <i>Paris,
+Didot, 1878-80. 2 Vols.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Ebert (Friedrich Adolf)—General bibliographical dictionary,
+from the German of F. A. Ebert. <i>Oxford
+University Press, 1837. 4 Vols.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Georgi (Gottlieb)—Allgemeines europaisches bucherlexicon
+in wilchem die allermeisten autores zu finden,
+welche noch vor dem anfange des XVI. seculi bis
+1739, in vire theile abgetheilet. <i>Leipzig, Gorgi, 1742.
+4 parts in one.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>——Fünffter theil. In welchem die franzosischen
+auctores und bücher von allen disciplinen, in alphabetischer
+ordung zu finden. <i>Leipzig, 1753.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Erstes (bis drittes) supplement, <i>1739-1757.
+Leipzig, 1750-1758. 3 vols.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Græsse (Johann Georg Theodor)—Trésor de livres rares
+et précieux. <i>Dresden, 1859-1869. 7 vols.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_63">[Pg 63]</span></p>
+<p><i>7.</i> Hain (Ludwig Friedrich Theodor)—Repertorium bibliographicum
+ad annum M.D. <i>Stuttgart, Cottæ, 1826-38.
+2 vols, in 4.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>——Supplement to Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum”;
+or, collection towards a new edition
+of that work, <i>par</i> W. A. Copinger. <i>London, Sotheran,
+1895-1902. 2 vols. in 3.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Appendices ad Hainii-Copingeri “Repertorium
+bibliographicum”; additiones et emendationes editit
+Dietericus Reichling. <i>Monachii, Rosenthal, 1905-11.
+7 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Supplementum cum indice urbium et typographorum.
+Accedit index auctorum generalis totius operis. <i>Monasterii
+Guestphalorum, Theissingianis, 1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Supplement zu Hain und Panzer. Beiträge zur
+inkunabel bibliographie. Nummern—concordanz von
+Panzer’s lateinischen und deutschen Annalen und
+Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum” par
+Konrad Burger. <i>Leipzig, Hiersemann, 1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>——Ludwig Hain’s “Repertorium bibliographicum
+Register.” Die drucker des XV. jahrhunderts. <i>Leipzig.
+Harrassowitz, 1891.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Maittaire (Michael)—Annales typographici ab artis
+inventae origine ad annum 1664. <i>Hagae-Comitum,
+1719-41. 5 Vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>——Supplementum adornavit M. Denis. <i>Viennae,
+1789, 2 vols.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Panzer (Georg Wolfgang Franz)—Annales typographici ab
+artis inventae origine ad annum 1536. <i>Norimbergae,
+1793-1803. 11 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Peddie (Robert Alexander)—Conspectus incunabulorum:
+an index catalogue of fifteenth century books, with
+references to Hain’s “Repertorium,” Copinger’s
+“Supplement,” Proctor’s “Index,” Pellechet’s “Catalogue,”
+Campbell’s “Annales” and other bibliographies.
+<i>London, 1910-1914. 2 vols.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_64">[Pg 64]</span></p>
+<p><i>11.</i> Pellechet (Marie Léontine Catherine)—Catalogue général
+des incunables des bibliothèques publiques de France.
+<i>Paris, Picard, 1897-1909. Vols. 1-3.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>12.</i> Proctor (Robert)—Index to the early printed books in
+the British Museum from the invention of printing
+to the year 1500, with notes of those in the Bodleian
+Library. <i>London, Paul, 1898-99. 4 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>—— Part <i>2</i>, <i>1501-20</i>. Section <i>1</i>, Germany. <i>London,
+Paul, 1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Supplements, <i>1898-1902</i>. <i>London, 1900-03.
+5 parts.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>13.</i> Prussian Board of Education—Gesamtkatalog der Wiegendrucke.
+Herausgegeben von der Kommission fur
+den Gesamtkatalog der Wiegendrucke. <i>Band 1.
+Abano-Alexius, Leipzig, 1925, Verlag von Karl W.
+Hiersemann. Quaritch, 1925. £3 7s. 6d. To be
+completed in 12 volumes. The most complete catalogue
+of Incunabula.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>14.</i> Quaritch (Barnard)—General catalogue of books offered
+to the public at the affixed prices. <i>London, 1887-97.
+7 vols. and Supp.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>15.</i> Watt (Robert)—Bibliotheca Britannica; or, A general
+index to British and Foreign literature. <i>2 parts.
+Edinburgh, Constable, 1824. 4 vols.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p>(<i>2</i>) <span class="smcap">Select List of Trade Bibliographies</span>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">American</span>:—</p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Roorbach (Orville Augustus)—Bibliotheca Americana <i>1820-61</i>.
+<i>New York, Roorbach, 1852-61. 4 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A catalogue of American publications arranged alphabetically
+by authors and titles. Publisher, date, size
+and price also given.</p></div>
+
+<p>Kelly (James)—American catalogue of books published in the
+United States from January, 1861 to January, 1871.
+<i>New York, Wiley, 1866-71. 2 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Alphabetical arrangement under authors, titles and
+subjects. Gives full particulars of publishers and prices.
+Well annotated. A continuation of Roorbach’s work.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_65">[Pg 65]</span>American catalogue of books <i>1876-1910</i>. <i>New York, Publisher’s
+Weekly, 1881-1911 9 vols.</i></p></div>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>The standard American list for the period covered (Mudge).</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>United States catalog: books in print January, 1912; edited
+by Marion E. Potter and others. <i>3rd edition. White
+Plains, New York, Wilson, 1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Supplement, <i>1912-17</i>. <i>New York, Wilson, 1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Supplement, January, <i>1918</i>—June, <i>1921</i>. <i>New York,
+Wilson, 1921.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Indispensable to the American book selector.</p></div>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>Annual:—</i></p>
+
+<p>Annual American Catalogue, 1886-1910. <i>New York, Publisher’s
+Weekly, 1887-1911. No more published.</i></p>
+
+<p>United States catalog. Annual. <i>New York, Wilson.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>An annual dictionary catalogue.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>Monthly:—</i></p>
+
+<div class="hang"><p>Cumulative book index. <i>White Plains, New York, Wilson,
+1898-1922. Vols. 1-24.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">English:—</span></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Arber (Edward)—Term catalogues, <i>1668-1709</i> <span class="allsmcap">A.D.</span> with a
+number for Easter term, <i>1711</i> <span class="allsmcap">A.D.</span>; a contemporary
+bibliography of English literature in the reigns of Charles
+II., James II., William and Mary, and Anne; edited
+from the very rare quarterly lists of new books issued by
+booksellers of London. <i>3 vols. London, Arber, 1903-06.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Transcript of the registers of the Company of Stationers
+of London, <i>1554-1640</i>. <i>London, 1875-77. 4 vols. Index.
+1894.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A record of all books deposited at Stationers’ Hall during
+the period covered.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>English catalogue of books published <i>1801-1920</i>. <i>London,
+Low, 1864-1901. Publisher’s Circular, 1912-21. 11 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>—— Index to the English catalogue of books. <i>London, Low,
+1858-93. 4 vols.</i></p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_66">[Pg 66]</span></p>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>An annual catalogue, with five yearly cumulations.
+Comprising an alphabetical list under authors, titles
+and subjects of the books issued in the United Kingdom.
+Full imprint, particulars of price, month of publication,
+publisher, etc. Contains also lists of publications of
+societies and a full directory of publishers.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Reference catalogue of current literature, containing the full
+titles of books now in print and on sale, with the prices
+at which they may be obtained of all booksellers, and an
+index containing nearly one hundred and eighty-five
+thousand references. <i>3 vols. London, Whitaker.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>The most important English trade bibliography. Issued
+every few years. Consists of the catalogues of the principal
+English publishers arranged alphabetically by name
+of publisher.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Book auction records (formerly known as “Sale records,”)
+a priced and annotated record of London, Dublin, Edinburgh,
+Glasgow and Amercian book auctions. June,
+<i>1902</i> to date. <i>London, Stevens.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Each number is arranged alphabetically by authors,
+with an index in each volume.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">Book-prices current. December, <i>1886</i> to date. <i>London,
+Stock.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Index to the first ten volumes. <i>1887-1896. London,
+Stock, 1901.</i></p>
+
+<p>Index for the second decade. <i>1897-1906</i>. <i>London, Stock,
+1909.</i></p>
+
+<p>Index for the third decade. <i>1907-1916. London, Stock,
+1920.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">French:—</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Catalogue général de la librairie française, <i>1840-1918</i>. <i>Paris,
+Jordell, 1867-1921. 28 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>The standard French trade bibliography, and a most
+valuable modern national bibliography.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_67">[Pg 67]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Annual:—</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Catalogue mensuel de la librairie francaise.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Monthly numbers bound together forming the annual
+volume. Contains indexes of authors, titles and subjects.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>Monthly:—</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Catalogue mensuel de la librairie française. <i>1876-1921. Paris.</i></p>
+
+<p>A classified list.</p>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">German:—</span></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Heinsius (Wilhelm)—Allgemeines bucher-lexikon, <i>1700-1892</i>.
+<i>Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1812-1894. 19 vols.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>No more published.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Kayser (Christian Gottlob)—Vollstandiges bucher-lexikon,
+<i>1750-1910</i>. <i>Leipzig, 1834-1910. 36 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hinrichs (J. C.) <i>Publishers</i>—Funfjahrs-katalog der im deutschen
+buchhandel erschienenen bucher, zeitschriften,
+landkarten, etc., titel verzeichnis und sachregister,
+1851-1912. <i>Leipzig, Hinrichs, 1857-1913. 13 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>Deutsches bucherverzeichnis der jahre <i>1911-20</i>. <i>4 vols.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>A continuation of Heinsius, Kayser, and Hinrichs,
+Funfjahrs-katalog.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>Monthly:—</i></p>
+
+
+<p>Allgemeine bibliographie. <i>Leipzig, Brockhaus, 1856 to date.</i></p>
+
+
+
+<p>(<i>3</i>) <span class="smcap">Select List of General Bibliographies.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">American Library Association—A.L.A. Catalog. <i>8,000</i> volumes
+for a popular library; with notes, <i>1904</i> ...
+edited by Melvil Dewey. <i>Government Printing Office:
+Washington, 1904. $1.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>The chief aim of this selection is to assist in the formation
+of a public library stock, and is specially adopted for the
+use of smaller libraries.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang">A.L.A. Catalog, <i>1904-1911</i>. Class List, 3,000 titles for a
+popular library; edited by Elva L. Bascom. <i>Chicago:
+A.L.A. Pub. Board, 1912. 350 pp. 26 cm. $1.50.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Supplement to the A.L.A. Catalog <i>1904</i>.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_68">[Pg 68]</span></p>
+<p class="hang">Nelson, Thomas <i>and</i> Sons, <i>Publishers</i>.—Standard Books:
+an annotated and classified guide to the best books in all
+departments of literature; with copious index of
+subjects and biographical notes of authors. <i>4 vols.
+1910-14.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p class="hang"><i>Contents</i>:—<i>Vol. 1</i>—General Works. History. Geography.
+Biography and Travel. Sociology. Philosophy.
+Sport. Law and Administration. Education.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Vol. 2.</i>—Religion. Science. Useful Arts.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Vol. 3.</i>—Fine and Recreative Arts. Philology. Literature.
+Children’s Books.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Vol. 4.</i>—Author Index. General Subject Index. Index of
+Publishers.</p>
+
+<p>Each subject is edited by a specialist in collaboration
+with one or more librarians. Annotations are very full
+and publishers and prices are given.</p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Sonnenschein, William Swan—The Best Books: a reader’s
+guide to the best available books (about <i>100,000</i>) ...;
+with the dates of the first and last editions, and
+the price, size, and publisher’s name (both American
+and English) of each book. <i>3rd edition, entirely re-written.
+George Routledge &amp; Sons, Ltd., London. Putnam,
+New York. 3 parts. In Progress. 1910. £2 2s. net.</i>
+
+<i>Contents</i>:—<i>Part 1.</i>—Theology. Mythology and folk-lore.
+Philosophy.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p><i>Part 2.</i>—Society. Geography. Travel and Topography.
+Education. Ethnology.</p>
+
+<p><i>Part 3.</i>—History, Biography. Science. Arts. Philology.
+Literature. Complete Indexes.</p></div>
+
+<p>A very useful classified bibliography.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>4</i>) <span class="smcap">Bibliographies of Bibliography.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Courtney (William Prideaux)—Register of national bibliography;
+with, a selection of the chief bibliographical
+books and articles printed in other countries. <i>London,
+Constable, 1905-12. 3 vols.</i>
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_69">[Pg 69]</span>
+Arranged alphabetically by the subjects of the bibliographies
+listed.</p>
+
+<p class="hang">Josephson (Aksel Gustav Salomon)—Bibliographies of bibliography
+chronologically arranged, with occasional notes
+and an index. <i>Bibliographical Society of Chicago,
+Chicago, 1901. Second edition, 1913.</i></p>
+
+<p class="hang">Petzholdt (Julius)—Bibliotheca bibliographica. <i>Leipzig,
+Engelmann, 1866.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A careful and accurate bibliography. Classified, with
+an author index and full annotations.</p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Stein (Henri)—Manuel de bibliographie générale: bibliotheca
+bibliographica nova. <i>Paris, Picard, 1897.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p><i>Contents.</i>—Universal bibliographies. National and
+regional bibliographies. Subject bibliographies, and
+appendices. A classified bibliography with critical and
+descriptive annotations, and a subject index.</p></div>
+
+<p class="hang">Vallée (Léon)—Bibliographie des bibliographies. <i>Paris,
+Terquem, 1883.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Supplement. <i>Paris, Terquem, 1887.</i></p>
+
+<p>An alphabetical author list with a subject index. A
+useful work if used as an author index to Stein’s “Manuel
+de bibliographie générale.”</p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Bibliographical Works</i>:—</p>
+
+<p class="hang">British Museum—List of bibliographical works in the Reading
+Room of the British Museum. <i>2nd edition, revised.
+1889.</i> Much out of date, but useful for older books.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>5</i>) <span class="smcap">Annual Output of Books in the United Kingdom.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Books in 1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>According to the “Publishers’ Circular” more books were
+published during <i>1925</i> than in any previous year in the history
+of British book production. A total of <i>13,202</i> is recorded as
+having been published in the United Kingdom. This is an
+increase of <i>496</i> over the total for <i>1924</i>. This increase has
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_70">[Pg 70]</span>taken place in the “new books” as distinguished from “new
+editions,” etc., and is shown in detail in the following figures
+for this year and last year:—</p>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td><td class="tdr"><i>1924</i></td>  <td class="tdr"><i>1925</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>New books</td> <td>&nbsp;</td>          <td class="tdr"><i>8024</i></td>   <td class="tdr"><i>8520</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Translations</td><td>&nbsp;</td>         <td class="tdr"><i>321</i></td>    <td class="tdr"><i>307</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Pamphlets</td>  <td>&nbsp;</td>         <td class="tdr"><i>1168</i></td>   <td class="tdr"><i>1150</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>Total new books</td><td>&nbsp;</td>     <td class="tdr bt"><i>9513</i></td>   <td class="tdr bt"><i>9977</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>New editions</td>  <td>&nbsp;</td>      <td class="tdr"><i>3193</i></td>   <td class="tdr"><i>3225</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td><td>Total</td>  <td class="tdr bt"><i>12,706</i></td>  <td class="tdr bt"><i>13202</i></td> </tr>
+
+</table>
+<p>The following details show how the totals for the various
+classes of books vary from those of the previous year. Increases
+are shown in Juvenile Literature (<i>108</i>), Law (<i>88</i>),
+Military and Naval (<i>74</i>), Philology (<i>60</i>), Biography (<i>55</i>),
+Agriculture and Gardening (<i>46</i>) and Science (<i>32</i>). The decreases
+are General Works (<i>49</i>), Fine Arts (<i>44</i>), Fiction (<i>32</i>), Philosophy
+(<i>29</i>), and Poetry and Drama (<i>16</i>).</p>
+
+<p>The following totals for the years since <i>1913</i> (the pre-war
+record year) are of considerable interest:—</p>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td class="tdc">Year.</td>   <td class="tdc">New Books.</td>   <td class="tdc">New Editions.</td>   <td class="tdc">Total</td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1913</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>9541</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>2838</i></td>      <td class="tdr"><i>12379</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1914</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>8863</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>2674</i></td>      <td class="tdr"><i>11537</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1915</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>8499</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>2166</i></td>      <td class="tdr"><i>10665</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1916</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>7537</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>1612</i></td>       <td class="tdr"><i>9149</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1917</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>6606</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>1525</i></td>       <td class="tdr"><i>8131</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1918</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>6750</i></td>         <td class="tdr"><i>966</i></td>       <td class="tdr"><i>7716</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1919</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>7327</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>1295</i></td>       <td class="tdr"><i>8622</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1920</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>8738</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>2266</i></td>      <td class="tdr"><i>11004</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1921</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>8757</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>2269</i></td>      <td class="tdr"><i>11026</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1922</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>8754</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>2088</i></td>      <td class="tdr"><i>10842</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1923</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>9246</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>3028</i></td>      <td class="tdr"><i>12274</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1924</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>9513</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>3193</i></td>      <td class="tdr"><i>12706</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td><i>1925</i></td>     <td class="tdr"><i>9977</i></td>        <td class="tdr"><i>3225</i></td>      <td class="tdr"><i>13202</i></td></tr>
+
+</table>
+<p>The above tables show that during the years <i>1913-1925</i>
+no fewer than <i>139,253</i> books were published in the United
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_71">[Pg 71]</span>Kingdom. It is when we realise such a fact as this that we
+should appreciate the great importance of book selection to the
+librarian.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>6</i>) <span class="smcap">Initial Stock for a Public Library.</span></p>
+
+<p>In selecting the initial stock for a Public Library the following
+principles should be considered: (<i>a</i>) size of the locality;
+(<i>b</i>) the sum of money available for books; (<i>c</i>) the geographical
+position of the library in relation to other libraries.
+Before any books are actually purchased, the tables of the
+classification to be adopted should be taken and each section
+checked with the corresponding section of proposed purchases.
+This will immediately show any important omissions.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>7</i>) <span class="smcap">Proportional Representation of Classes.</span></p>
+
+<p>The proportion of books to be purchased in each class of
+literature will depend largely upon the social conditions of the
+locality and the prominence of local industries.</p>
+
+<p>The following table is merely suggestive:—</p>
+<table>
+<tr><td>General Works</td>                       <td class="tdr"><i>3%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Philosophy</td>                          <td class="tdr"><i>3%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Religion</td>                            <td class="tdr"><i>6%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Sociology</td>                           <td class="tdr"><i>6%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Philology </td>                          <td class="tdr"><i>2%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Natural Science </td>                    <td class="tdr"><i>8%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Useful Arts </td>                        <td class="tdr"><i>9%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Fine and Recreative Arts</td>            <td class="tdr"><i>7%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>Literature</td>                         <td class="tdr"><i>35%</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td>History, Travel and Biography</td>      <td class="tdr"><i>21%</i></td></tr>
+
+</table>
+
+<p>(<i>8</i>) <span class="smcap">Reference and Lending Library Stocks.</span></p>
+
+<p>The average proportions of Lending and Reference Library
+stocks are: Lending, 62%; Reference, 38%.</p>
+
+
+<p>(<i>9</i>) <span class="smcap">Proportion of Income for Books After Organisation.</span></p>
+
+<p>18% of income should be spent on books, including old
+books and replacements.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_72">[Pg 72]</span></p>
+
+<p>(<i>10</i>) <span class="smcap">Twenty-five “quick-reference” Books for The
+Open Shelves in a Reference Library.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>(Arranged according to the Dewey Classification as a mnemonic
+aid).</i></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Encyclopædia Britannica.</li>
+<li>Baldwin—Dictionary of psychology and philosophy.</li>
+<li>Hastings—Dictionary of religion and ethics.</li>
+<li>Hastings—Dictionary of the Bible.</li>
+<li>Cruden—Concordance.</li>
+<li>Palgrave—Dictionary of political economy.</li>
+<li>Mulhall—Dictionary of statistics.</li>
+<li>Every Man’s Own Lawyer.</li>
+<li>Webster—English dictionary.</li>
+<li>Murray—New English dictionary.</li>
+<li>Clifton and Grimaux—English-French and French-English dictionary.</li>
+<li>Grimm—Deutsches Worterbuch.</li>
+<li>Lewis and Short—Latin dictionary.</li>
+<li>Liddell and Scott—Greek Lexicon.</li>
+<li>Watts—Dictionary of chemistry.</li>
+<li>Quain—Medical dictionary.</li>
+<li>Knight—Business cyclopædia and legal adviser.</li>
+<li>Thorpe—Dictionary of applied chemistry.</li>
+<li>Bryan—Dictionary of painters and engravers.</li>
+<li>Grove—Dictionary of music and musicians.</li>
+<li>Cambridge History of English literature.</li>
+<li>Haydn—Dictionary of dates.</li>
+<li>Dictionary of national biography.</li>
+<li>Chambers’s Biographical dictionary.</li>
+<li>Low and Pulling—Dictionary of English history.</li>
+
+</ul>
+
+<p>(<i>11</i>) <span class="smcap">Fourteen Author Concordances.</span></p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Burns.</span> Reid—Complete word and phrase concordance to
+the poems and songs of Robert Burns.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Cowper.</span> Neve—Concordance to the poetical works of
+William Cowper.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_73">[Pg 73]</span></p>
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Dante Alighieri.</span> Fay—Concordance of the Divina Commedia.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Sheldon <i>and</i> White—Concordanz a delle opere italiane in
+prosae del Canzoniere di Dante Alighieri.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Gray.</span> Cook—A concordance to the English poems of Thomas
+Gray.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Homer.</span> Dunbar—Complete concordance to the Odyssy and
+Hymns of Homer.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Milton.</span> Lockwood—Lexicon to the English poetical works
+of John Milton.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Pope.</span> Abbott—Concordance to the works of Alexander Pope.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Scott.</span> Redfern—The wisdom of Sir Walter.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Shakespeare.</span> Bartlett—New and complete concordance of
+William Shakespeare.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Clarke—Complete concordance to Shakespeare.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Shelley.</span> Ellis—Lexical concordance to the poetical works
+of P. B. Shelley.</p>
+
+<p class="hang"><span class="smcap">Tennyson.</span> Baker—Concordance to the poetical and
+dramatic works of Alfred Lord Tennyson.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Brightwell—Concordance to the entire works of Alfred
+Tennyson.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p>(<i>12</i>) <span class="smcap">Forty Useful Books for the Young People’s Room.</span></p>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bailey (M. E.)—Boys’ and girls’ ask at home questions. <i>Illus.
+1917.</i> Explains many things in nature and life which
+puzzle children.</p>
+
+<p>Baker (E. A.)—Cassell’s New English Dictionary; with an
+appendix. <i>1919.</i> Includes a supplement of War words.</p>
+
+<p>Bartlett (J.), <i>editor</i>.—Familiar quotations. <i>1917.</i> From
+ancient and modern literature.</p>
+
+<p>Brewer (E. C.)—The reader’s handbook. <i>1919.</i> Famous
+names in fiction, allusions, references, proverbs, plots,
+stories and poems.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_74">[Pg 74]</span></p>
+<p>Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick and
+F. H. Groome. <i>1908.</i> Brief lives of “the great of all
+times and nations.”</p>
+
+<p>Chambers’s Twentieth Century Dictionary of the English
+Language; edited by T. Davidson. <i>Illus. 1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Champlin (J. D.) <i>Junior</i>.—The young folks cyclopædia of
+common things. <i>2nd edition, enlarged. Illus. 1896.</i>
+An attempt to bring encyclopædic knowledge within
+the range of a child’s intellect. <span class="err" title="original: Arcticles">Articles</span> very brief and
+simply told. Index.</p>
+
+<p>Champlin (J. D.) <i>Junior</i>.—The young folks’ cyclopædia of
+natural history; with editorial co-operation and an
+introduction by F. A. Lucas. <i>Illus. 1905.</i> The cyclopædia
+covers the entire animal kingdom in an elementary
+manner.</p>
+
+<p>Crawford (W. R.)—Common words commonly mispronounced.
+<i>1894.</i> A dictionary of correct pronunciation.</p>
+
+<p>Dalgleish (W. S.)—The great authors of English literature.
+<i>Illus. 1917.</i> Contains their lives, and selections from
+their writings.</p>
+
+<p>Dana (Mrs. W. S.)—How to know the wild flowers. The
+flowers are arranged according to colour.</p>
+
+<p>Dickinson (A. D.)—One thousand best books. <i>1924.</i> Compiled
+from over fifty published lists of best books made
+by the librarian and scholars of the University of Pennsylvania.</p>
+
+<p>Everyman’s Encyclopædia; edited by Boyle. <i>12 vols.
+Illus.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fallows (S.)—A complete dictionary of synonyms and antonyms.
+<i>1898.</i> A dictionary of words with the same
+and opposite meanings.</p>
+
+<p>Gibson (C. R.)—The great ball on which we live. <i>1915.</i> Description
+of the earth and the forces of nature.</p>
+
+<p>Gibson (C. R.)—Great inventions and how they were invented.
+<i>1924.</i> Descriptions of wonderful machines and appliances.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_75">[Pg 75]</span></p>
+<p>Hall (Cyril)—Conquests of engineering. <i>Illus. 1926.</i> Describes
+the construction of bridges, tunnels, canals, docks
+and harbours.</p>
+
+<p>Hawks (E.)—The boys’ book of astronomy. <i>1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>Haydn—Dictionary of dates. A record of the chief events
+in the world’s history.</p>
+
+<p>Holden (E. S.)—The sciences. <i>Illus. 1903.</i> On astronomy,
+physics, chemistry, meteorology, etc., and their application
+to the arts and to daily life.</p>
+
+<p>Kernahan (C.)—The reading girl. <i>1925.</i> Chats on the choice
+of books and methods of reading.</p>
+
+<p>Kirkby (M.) <i>and</i> Kirkby (E.)—The world at home. <i>Illus.
+1912.</i> Describes the life of the people, and the animals,
+birds, plants, and insects of foreign countries.</p>
+
+<p>Lyttelton (Mary), <i>editor</i>.—A girl’s book of verse. <i>1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>Maule (H. E.)—The boys’ book of inventions. <i>2 vols. Illus.
+1921.</i> Describes the new inventions. The aeroplane.
+Wireless telegraphy. Tesla turbine. Submarines, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Marshall (H. E.)—English literature for boys and girls. <i>1924.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mee (Arthur)—The children’s Bible. <i>1923.</i> Beautifully
+illustrated from the Art Galleries of the world.</p>
+
+<p>Mee (Arthur)—The children’s encyclopædia. <i>8 vols. Col.
+Illus.</i> Articles very brief and simply told.</p>
+
+<p>Mee (Arthur)—One thousand beautiful things. <i>1925.</i> Chosen
+from the life and literature of the World.</p>
+
+<p>Morison (R. C. H.), <i>editor</i>.—Chambers’s Recitations for
+children. Specially selected for the young.</p>
+
+<p>Olcott (W. T.)—Book of the stars for young people.</p>
+
+<p>O’Neill (Elizabeth)—The world’s story: a simple history for
+boys and girls. <i>1923.</i></p>
+
+<p>Patrick (D.) <i>and</i> Geddie (W.), editors.—Chambers’s Concise
+gazetteer of the world. <i>1919.</i></p>
+
+<p>Philip (George), <i>editor</i>.—Senior School Atlas. <i>1921.</i></p>
+
+<p>Philip (A. M.), <i>editor</i>.—A boy’s book of verse. <i>1925.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_76">[Pg 76]</span></p>
+<p>Pritchard (A. M.) <i>and</i> Hobbs (E. W.)—Wireless construction.
+<i>1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roget (P. M.)—Thesaurus of English words and phrases.
+<i>1918.</i> An aid to English composition.</p>
+
+<p>Synge (M. B.)—The story of the world. <i>2 vols. Maps.
+Illus. Vol. 1</i>—Abraham to A.D. <i>1745. Vol. 2—1745-1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Things all scouts should know. <i>Illus. 1919.</i> Information
+about the navy, army, ships, railways, things seen in
+town and country, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Turley (Charles)—The voyages of Captain Scott. <i>1914.</i>
+Shows the heroism of the men who gave their lives in the
+search for the South Pole.</p>
+
+<p>Williams (Archibald)—The boys’ guide. <i>Illus. 1921.</i> Indoor
+and outdoor games, sports, and recreations, photography,
+model making, use of tools, motor cycles, pets, stamp
+collecting, reading, etc.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_3_THEORY_OF_CLASSIFICATION">COURSE 3: THEORY OF CLASSIFICATION.</h2></div>
+
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Library classification and cataloguing. <i>Grafton,
+1912. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jevons (W. S.)—Elementary lessons in logic. <i>Macmillan,
+1909. 3s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson (S. C.)—Classification, theoretical and practical;
+together with an appendix, containing an essay towards
+a bibliographical history of systems of classification.
+<i>Scribner, 1912. Also Grafton, 6s. 3d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers (W. C. B.)—Canons of classification applied to “The
+Subject,” “The Expansive,” “The Decimal,” and
+“Library of Congress” classifications: a study in
+bibliographical classification method. <i>Grafton, 1915.
+3s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers (W. C. B.)—An introduction to library classification,
+theoretical, historical and practical; and, A short
+course in practical classification; with readings, questions
+and examination papers. <i>Grafton, 1922. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_77">[Pg 77]</span></p>
+</div>
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Introduction. Meaning, Purpose, and Utility.
+Terminology. Logical Bases.</span></p>
+
+<p>In classification, more than in any other branch of library
+science, practical application is dependent on a sound knowledge
+of theoretical principles, and students are warned that
+a thorough grasp of the logical bases is an absolutely essential
+preliminary to successful practical work.</p>
+
+<p>Importance of classification in our daily life is not fully
+appreciated, classification being the sole foundation of all
+order. It would be impossible for the mental faculties to
+function efficiently without classification, the simplest thought
+or reason requiring its use.</p>
+
+<p>Note the purpose of classification and the mutual dependence
+of classification and cataloguing.</p>
+
+<p>It is essential to know the exact logical meaning of terms
+used in classification.</p>
+
+<p>Understand the Five Predicables. After mastering their
+definition, study Tree of Porphyry for their application. A
+close study of the latter will amply repay students. It admirably
+illustrates meaning of Extension and Intension, and
+demonstrates how in the framing of the scheme the hierarchy
+must proceed gradually from terms of great Extension and
+little Intension to terms of little Extension but of great Intension.</p>
+
+<p>The student is strongly advised not to pass Jevons until
+he has thoroughly mastered the chapters set out below.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Library classification. <i>Chap. 6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Encyclopædia Britannica—Article <i>Classification</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Jast—Classification and discovery. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 353-355.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Library classification. <i>In Greenwood’s Library Year
+Book, 1900-01, pp. 21-36.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_78">[Pg 78]</span></p>
+<p>Jevons—Logic. (<i>Give special attention to Chaps. 5, 12 and
+32</i>).</p>
+
+<p>Jevons—Principles of science. <i>Chapter on classification.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mill—Logic. <i>Chapter on classification.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Classification. <i>Introduction and Chap. 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Classification in modern life. <i>L.A. Vol. 17, 1924,
+pp. 8-16; 35-40.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction. <i>Chaps. 1-2.</i></p>
+
+</div>
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give an example where classification resulted in the
+discovery of new facts.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State what you consider to be the purpose of classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Define the following terms:—characteristic; denotation;
+correlation of property; extension; genus;
+connotation; difference; intension.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe the Tree of Porphyry and its relation to
+classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> The functions of classification and those of cataloguing
+are often confused. Explain.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Principles. Kinds of Classification. Schedules.</span></p>
+
+<p>The survey of the logical bases in Lesson 1 leads to a more
+definite consideration of the main principles of classification
+and schedule formation. A close study of natural and artificial
+classification must be made at this stage. An investigation
+of the difference between them will stress the importance
+of the choice of characteristic. It will be emphasised
+during this lesson that the characteristic selected must be
+essential to the purpose for which the classification is intended.</p>
+
+<p>Botany and zoology have provided notable instances of
+natural and artificial classification. In studying these schemes
+notice particularly the process of division, the gradual modulation
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_79">[Pg 79]</span>from Class to Division, Sub-Division, and Section, the
+Extension of the terms becoming smaller and the Intension
+greater as the process of division is continued.</p>
+
+<p>One fault which can create endless confusion is Cross-Division.
+To avoid this the terms used in the schedule must be
+mutually exclusive.</p>
+
+<p>The classification of books cannot reach the perfection of
+a classification of knowledge. The latter is limited only by the
+limitation of knowledge, but the former by the physical form
+of books. All bibliographical schemes, however, should be
+based on the classification of knowledge.</p>
+
+<p>Realise clearly the necessity for and the functions of the
+topic and form classes which form part of every bibliographical
+scheme. Throughout this lesson it will be seen that classification
+is governed by the principles laid down in the Five
+Predicables.</p>
+
+<p>If attention has been duly paid to the ground covered in
+Lessons 1 and 2 no difficulty will in future be experienced with
+regard to the theory, bases, or principles of classification,
+but if, on the other hand, any difficulty is felt in answering
+questions bearing upon these principles, students have devoted
+insufficient time to their study, and are strongly advised to
+make good the deficiency before proceeding further.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Library classification. <i>Chaps. 1 and 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Coulson—An outline on the theory of classification.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 14, 1911-12, pp. 37-42; 67-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Johns—Flowers of the field. <i>Study introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Classification. <i>Lecture 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Form and alphabetic book classification. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 375-383.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Canons. <i>Chaps. 1 and 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Grammar of classification. <i>L.A.A. Series, 1912.
+Principles 1-20.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction. <i>Chaps. 3-5.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_80">[Pg 80]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What is meant by “cross-division”?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What are essential and accidental characteristics in
+classification?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> The process of division is governed by “difference.”
+Explain.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Name the difference between philosophical classification
+and bibliographical classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What is the difference between a rigid and a flexible
+classification?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What is meant by “form” as compared with “subject”
+in classification?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">History. Principal Schemes. Comparisons. Special
+Classes.</span></p>
+
+<p>A glance at the list of schemes which have been devised
+is sufficient to convince us of the formidable task it would be
+to acquire detailed knowledge of each one. This, however, is
+not essential. Apart from the principal epoch-making schemes,
+only sufficient attention need be paid to them to trace the
+development of classification. Bacon’s scheme has had a great
+influence and must receive full consideration. Sayers’s Introduction
+contains the most satisfactory outline of this. In the
+same work brief outlines of the principal schemes are given,
+and good accounts are available in Brown’s Library Classification.
+These two books cover sufficient ground for the
+general student, but those who wish to make a more exhaustive
+survey of the various schemes will find further details in
+Edwards’s Memoirs of libraries, <i>Vol. 2</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Of the schemes in use at the present time the Decimal,
+Subject, Expansive, and Library of Congress are selected as
+the most important, and while a good knowledge of the two
+latter is required, students are urged to concentrate their
+main study upon and confine their practical exercises to the
+Decimal and Subject schemes, chiefly because they are almost
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_81">[Pg 81]</span>in exclusive use so far as British libraries are concerned, but
+also on account of the fact that candidates for the Library
+Association certificate are required to pass a practical test in
+these two.</p>
+
+<p>Pay particular attention to the Introductions.</p>
+
+<p>The popular method of systematically comparing the two
+class by class is the best. It will be found most convenient to
+take the classes in the order appearing in the Decimal, and
+compare with the corresponding portions of the Subject.
+Make full use of Sayers’s Canons here. Valuable for analysis
+of the four main schemes. The Indexes should also be included
+in the comparison.</p>
+
+<p>Study carefully the criteria of a practical book classification
+as given in Richardson’s Classification, page <i>42</i>, and consider
+to what extent these requirements are met.</p>
+
+<p>Special consideration must be given to those classes which
+at various times have been severely criticised, and the student
+should be completely <i>au fait</i> with the arguments for and against
+the treatment of the forms and subjects upon which opinions
+vary, e.g., Biography.</p>
+
+<p>Hulme’s Principles of book classification, in L.A.R., Vol.
+<i>13</i>, <i>1911</i>, <i>pp. 354-358</i>; <i>389-394</i>; <i>444-449</i>. <i>Vol. 14</i>, <i>1912</i>,
+<i>pp. 39-46</i>; <i>174-181</i>; <i>216-221</i> (summarised in Sayers’s Introduction,
+Appendix <i>1</i>) takes a view of classification not entirely
+supported by the reading matter set in this course. For this
+reason the student is advised to reserve his study of these
+articles until having covered the reading prescribed, so that
+he may read them more critically and make a clearer comparison
+of the points of view.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Aldred—The expansive classification. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 7,
+1905, pp. 207-219; 196-201.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Library classification. <i>Chaps. 3 and 4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition. Chap. 16.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Subject classification. <i>Introduction.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_82">[Pg 82]</span></p>
+<p>Dewey—Decimal classification. <i>Introduction.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dickie—Critical examination of the arrangement of History
+and Geography in the Decimal and Subject classifications.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-23, pp. 401-407.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hale—The decimal classification as applied to small libraries.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 263-268; 311-316.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mash—Classification of technology. <i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13,
+pp. 1-5; 50-55.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mould—Wanted, a classification. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp.
+127-147; 208-211.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pepper—Classification of biography. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 15,
+1913, pp. 328-334.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Classification. <i>Appendix.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Canons. <i>Chaps. 3-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The Dewey decimal classification after thirty
+years. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 314-334.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction. <i>Chaps. 7-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Library classifications: a comparison by classes.
+<i>Supp. to. L.W. Vol. 21, 1918-19.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smither—Library of Congress classification. <i>L.W. Vol.
+16, 1913-14, pp. 130-136.</i></p>
+
+<p>South Kensington Museum; Board of Education. Classification
+for works on pure and applied science in the
+Science Library, the Science Museum. <i>2nd edition.
+Stationery Office, 1921.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>This classification affords a clear and accurate view
+of the anatomy of the literature of the pure and
+applied sciences in the twentieth century.</p>
+</div>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Walker—Suggested re-arrangement of the Dewey classes of
+<i>100</i> and <i>200</i>. <i>L.W. Vol. 16, 1913-14, pp. 163-165.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wright—Technological classification. <i>L.W. Vol. 18, 1915-16,
+pp. 312-316; 344-347. Vol. 19, 1916-17, pp. 9-10.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Brown’s Subject Classification was published in 1906 and
+reviews and criticisms of the work can be read in the following
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_83">[Pg 83]</span>professional periodicals:—Savage (E. A.) <i>in L.W. Vol. 9,
+1906-07, pp. 48-55</i>. Lyster (T. W.) <i>in L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906,
+pp. 384-386</i>. Coutts (A. T.) <i>in L.A. Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 304-318</i>.
+Brown’s Revisions, etc., <i>in L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10,
+pp. 41-45; 81-86; 121-124; 153-160</i>.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Write a brief essay on the history of classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline Bacon’s Scheme and its influence on classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give a brief account of any natural scheme of classification.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> State in which class or classes it is preferable to adopt an
+alphabetical arrangement, and why.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> The Divisions 140 Philosophic Systems, 180 Ancient
+Philosophers, and 190 Modern Philosophers in the
+Decimal Classification are not satisfactory to the
+classifier. Explain.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What means are provided in the Decimal, Subject and
+Expansive Classifications for obtaining alphabetical
+and chronological arrangements of a particular subject?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Notation. Expansions. Mnemonics. Author Marks.
+Arrangement. Guiding.</span></p>
+
+<p>Notation affects in a very large degree the usefulness and
+even the librarian’s choice of a scheme.</p>
+
+<p>A notation must be simple, brief, and flexible. Consider
+the extent to which the principal schemes meet these requirements,
+and weigh the advantages and disadvantages of a
+“pure” notation, as in the Decimal, or a “mixed” notation,
+as in the Subject scheme. The most notable expansion of the
+Decimal notation is the “Brussels,” which should be carefully
+surveyed.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_84">[Pg 84]</span>
+Note the mnemonic features of the various notations, as
+these assist in the rapid interpretation of the symbols, and
+enable one’s mind to more readily grasp the linking-up of the
+whole scheme. Notation is of itself insufficient for practical
+arrangement on the shelves, as the necessity arises for some
+method of regulating the order of the books within each Division,
+Section, etc., hence the use of Author Marks. Several
+tables have been compiled, but the most detailed and best
+known is Cutter’s, although the other tables must receive due
+attention as the Cutter Author Marks are not in exclusive
+use.</p>
+
+<p>The arrangement of the books on the shelves is most important,
+and it is essential to reach the best solutions of the
+problems regarding “broken sequence,” “oversize books,”
+etc.</p>
+
+<p>It must be remembered that the Library is intended for the
+use of people who do not want to study the intricate details of a
+notation in order to find what they want, and it should be made
+possible for readers not merely to find the subjects they
+require, but also to find their way about the various classes
+intelligently, but unaided. To achieve this a most carefully
+devised method of guiding will be necessary, and all methods
+and contrivances should be studied, as faulty or insufficient
+guiding will minimise the benefits of exact classification.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Library classification. <i>Chap. 5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition.</i> <i>Chap. 17.</i></p>
+
+<p>Coutts—Classification and shelf-guiding. <i>In Brown and
+others. Open Access Libraries. Grafton, 1915.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hopwood—Dewey expanded. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp.
+307-322; 340-345</i> (<i>also L.J. Vol. 32, 1907</i>).</p>
+
+<p>Jast—A new book number. <i>L.W. Vol. 3, 1900-01, pp.
+120-123; 150-152.</i></p>
+
+<p>Purnell—Development of notation in classification. <i>L.A.
+Vol. 8, 1911, pp. 25-33; 44-50.</i> (<i>Also published
+separately in L.A.A. Series, but now o.p.</i>)</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_85">[Pg 85]</span>
+
+Savage—Classification guides and indexes. <i>L.W. Vol. 8,
+1905-6, pp. 261-266.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Canons. <i>Chap. 7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Elements of notation. <i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13,
+pp. 226-231.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Grammar. <i>Principles 21-23.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction. <i>Chaps. 6 and 13.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stephen—Application of exact classification to shelf arrangement.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 251-255; 325-331.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—Guiding an open-access lending library. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 7, 1904-05, pp. 113-118.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—Oversize books. <i>L.W. Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp.
+208-211.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What are the essentials of a good notation?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> How would you mark book-stacks, shelves, etc., in a
+large open-access library in order to guide readers to
+specific subjects?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Compare the notations of the Decimal and Subject
+Schemes.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> After the classification number has been applied it is
+still necessary to individualise the books within the
+limits of a subject. Describe what you consider to be
+the best method, with alternatives.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Illustrate by examples from the Decimal Scheme the
+advantages derived from its mnemonic features.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Give the chief marks, with explanations, used in the
+Brussels extension of the Decimal classification.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Practical.</span></p>
+
+<p>As a preliminary to actual classification it is essential to
+obtain a thorough grasp of certain rules which, in a general
+sense, govern the placing of books.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_86">[Pg 86]</span>
+With this aim in view students should first read Chapter <i>12</i>
+of Sayers’s “Introduction,” and again read Jast’s “Library
+classification” in Greenwood’s Library Year Book, <i>1900-1901</i>,
+and the Introductions to the Decimal and Subject Schemes.</p>
+
+<p>Students may afterwards pass on to Sayers’s “Introduction,”
+part <i>3</i>—A short course in practical classification,
+with special reference to the Decimal and Subject schemes.
+This provides a thorough test of ability in classification, bringing
+forward examples requiring a decision on the points which
+present most difficulty in practice.</p>
+
+<p>It is important that students should guard against misuse
+of the index. In placing a book reference must be made direct
+to the schedules, and the index used only as an aid to, not a
+means of classification.</p>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+
+<p><i>Questions to be answered without the aid of text-books, notes, etc.</i></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> It is impossible to think or to reason aright unless we
+classify. Explain.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> In what way may the physical form of a book affect the
+classifying of it?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> The Decimal Classification contains instances of “cross-division.”
+Name as many as you can.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What are the respective advantages of a relative and a
+specific index?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Explain the geographical divisions in the Decimal,
+Subject, and Expansive Schemes.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> In a classified library the shelf arrangement is affected
+by the size of the books. What arrangement would
+you adopt, and in what way would this affect the
+guiding?</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> What does Brown mean by “locality” <i>versus</i> “subject”?
+Give examples.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Explain the difference between history as a “topic” and
+as a “form.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_87">[Pg 87]</span>
+
+<i>9.</i> Detail the respective advantages and disadvantages of
+a “pure” and a “mixed” notation.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> State briefly the arguments for and against separating
+a complete set of an author’s works.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>A practical test is not included, as this, in its best form, is
+easily accessible in the papers set at past Library Association
+examinations, which are obtainable from the office of the
+Association.</p>
+
+<p>The student must bear in mind that it is far better to
+classify from the actual book, but where this entails any
+inconvenience the articles appearing in the “Nineteenth
+Century and After” and the books reviewed in the “Times
+Literary Supplement” may be classified.</p>
+
+<p>Further, I would urge the student to be ever on the <i>qui vive</i>
+for books which seem to present most difficulty, as herein lies
+the best practice.</p>
+
+<h4 class="center">FACTORS AND NOTES.</h4>
+
+<p class="center">Brief chronological list of the principal schemes of
+classification.</p>
+
+<ul>
+<li><i>250</i> <span class="allsmcap">B.C.</span> Callimachus</li>
+<li><i>1548</i> Conrad Gesner</li>
+<li><i>1623</i> Francis Bacon</li>
+<li><i>1678</i> Jean Garnier</li>
+<li><i>1679</i> Ismael Bouillaud</li>
+<li><i>1773</i> Cels</li>
+<li><i>1806</i> Barbier</li>
+<li><i>1810</i> Schrettinger</li>
+<li><i>1836-38</i> British Museum</li>
+<li><i>1842</i> Brunet</li>
+<li><i>1857</i> Royal Institution (Vincent)</li>
+<li><i>1859</i> Edward Edwards</li>
+<li><i>1870</i> W. T. Harris</li>
+<li><i>1873</i> Cutter. Published <i>1876</i></li>
+<li><i>1876</i> Melvil Dewey</li>
+<li><i>1879</i> Schwarz</li>
+<li><i>1887</i> Sonnenschein</li>
+<li><i>1888</i> Hartwig</li>
+<li><i>1890</i> Bonazzi</li>
+<li><i>1894</i> Quinn-Brown</li>
+<li><i>1898</i> Brown’s Adjustable </li>
+<li class="ib">Brussels Expansion of Dewey</li>
+<li><i>1902</i> Library of Congress</li>
+<li><i>1906</i> Brown’s Subject</li>
+</ul>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_88">[Pg 88]</span></p>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Classification Systems Used in British Municipal
+Libraries.</span></h5>
+
+<p>In looking over the statistics of nearly 600 British Municipal
+Libraries I find the systems of classification adopted stated as
+“Main Classes,” “Brown,” “Sectional,” “Adjustable,”
+“Fixed Location,” “Various,” etc., and to compile a list
+under the various heads would serve no useful purpose. I find,
+however, that the Dewey Decimal System, sometimes modified,
+is in use in over 300 libraries, Brown’s “Subject” and
+Brown’s “Adjustable” in over 100 libraries, Cutter’s “Expansive”
+in about 10, and the remainder various.</p>
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_4_CATALOGUING">COURSE 4: CATALOGUING.</h2></div>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>See also</i> <a href="#CATALOGUERS_REFERENCE_SHELF">The Cataloguer’s Reference Shelf</a>).</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>A.L.A. &amp; L.A.—Cataloguing Rules. Author and title entries,
+compiled by Committees of the American Library
+Association and of the Library Association. <i>Library
+Association, 1908. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bishop (W. W.)—Practical handbook of modern library
+cataloguing. <i>2nd edition. Williams &amp; Wilkins: Baltimore,
+1924., Also Grafton, 8s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>British Museum—Rules for compiling catalogues in the Department
+of Printed Books. <i>British Museum, 1920.
+2s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Library classification and cataloguing.
+<i>Grafton, 1912. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter (C. A.)—Rules for a dictionary catalogue. <i>Government
+Printing Office: Washington, 1904. Also Grafton, 3s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fellows (D.)—Cataloguing rules with explanation and introduction.
+<i>Grafton, 1922. 20s.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_89">[Pg 89]</span>
+
+Hitchler (Theresa)—Cataloguing for small libraries. <i>A.L.A.,
+1915. Also Grafton, 12s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn (J. H.)—Library cataloguing. <i>Truslove &amp; Hanson,
+1913. 6s. Also Grafton.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3>THE <a id="CATALOGUERS_REFERENCE_SHELF"></a>CATALOGUER’S REFERENCE SHELF.</h3>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>Books other than those named in “Text Books,” and “Reading
+Lists” in this Course.</i>)</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">General.</span></h4>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Note.</i>—The British Museum catalogue of printed books is
+one of the most useful works for finding any bibliographical
+data.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>A good atlas and gazetteer.</p></div>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Aldred (Thomas), <i>compiler</i>—A list of English and American
+sequel stories. <i>1922.</i></p>
+
+<p>Corns (A. R.) <i>and</i> Sparke (Archibald)—A bibliography of
+unfinished books in the English language; with annotations.
+<i>1915.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Crabbe—Synonyms.</p></div>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Haydn (Joseph)—Dictionary of dates and universal information
+relating to all ages and all nations. <i>25th edition.</i>
+<i>1910.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker (F. H.)—Abbreviations and technical terms used in
+book catalogs and bibliographies. <i>Boston, 1912.</i></p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Also</i> standard English, French, German and Latin dictionaries.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Pseudonyms, Anonyms.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Barbier (A. A.)—Dictionnaire des ouvrages anonymes.
+<i>4 vols.</i> <i>1872-79.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brunet (Gustave)—Supplément au Dictionnaire des Ouvrages
+Anonymes de Barbier et aux Supercheries Littéraires Dévoilées
+de Quérard. <i>1889.</i></p>
+
+<p>Courtney (W. P.)—Secrets of our national literature. <i>1908.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_90">[Pg 90]</span>
+Cushing (William)—Initials and pseudonyms: a dictionary
+of revealed disguises. <i>2 vols. 1885-88.</i></p>
+
+<p>Halkett (Samuel) <i>and</i> Laing (John)—Dictionary of the
+anonymous and pseudonymous literature of Great
+Britain. <i>Edinburgh. 4 vols. 1882-88.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quérard (J. M.)—Les supercheries littéraires dévoilées. <i>2nd
+edition. 3 vols. Paris, 1869-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Weller (E.)—Lexicon pseudonymorum worterbuch der
+pseudonymen aller zeiten und volker. <i>2 vols. Regensburg,
+1886.</i></p>
+
+<p>Who’s Who in Literature, <i>1925</i>—Fictitious and pseudonymous
+names compiled by Reginald G. Williams and
+Mark Meredith. <i>pp. 502-533.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Places, Names, etc.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Ballhorn (Freid)—Grammatography: a manual of reference
+to the alphabets of ancient and modern languages. <i>1861.</i></p>
+
+<p>Chambers’s Biographical Dictionary; edited by D. Patrick
+and F. H. Groome, 1902. Contains an index of pseudonyms.</p>
+
+<p>Cousin (John W.)—Short biographical dictionary of English
+literature. <i>Dent, 1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>Peddie (R. A.)—Fifteenth century books; a guide to their
+identification. <i>Grafton, 1913. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Phillips (L. B.)—Dictionary of biographical reference. <i>1889.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith (B. E.), editor.—The Century cyclopædia of names.
+<i>1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith (<i>Sir</i> William)—Classical dictionary of Greek and
+Roman biography and mythology. <i>3 vols. 1880.</i></p>
+
+<p>Vapereau (L. G.)—Dictionnaire universel des contemporains.
+<i>1893.</i></p>
+
+<p>Who’s Who.</p>
+
+<p>Who Was Who.</p>
+
+<p>Who’s Who in America.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_91">[Pg 91]</span>
+The list could be considerably extended, but for more
+detailed information on cataloguer’s reference tools the following
+will answer most enquiries:—</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Austin—Reports on aids and guides: a summary of bibliographical
+aids to cataloguers. <i>L.J. Vol. 19, 1894, pp.
+77-80.</i></p>
+
+<p>Blanchard—Some cataloguer’s reference books of recent
+years. <i>A.L.A. Bulletin, Vol 11, 1917, pp. 203-207.</i></p>
+
+<p>New York State Library—Cataloguer’s reference books.
+<i>Bulletin 84, 1904.</i></p>
+
+<p>New York State Library—Selection of reference books for
+the use of cataloguers in finding full names. <i>Bulletin 5.
+1898.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Scope and Purpose. Qualifications of a Cataloguer.
+History. Definitions.</span></p>
+
+<p>It should be realised at the beginning of this course that the
+sole purpose of cataloguing is to construct a tool (not merely
+for the staff but primarily for the public) the use of which
+will render available the full resources of the library. In your
+practical work remember always that the best criterion is the
+extent to which a reader is led to the information sought for.</p>
+
+<p>The difficulty of the task and the amount of care required
+are reflected in the qualifications deemed necessary. Read
+thoughtfully Bishop, <i>pp. 60-63</i>, and Quinn, <i>pp. 2-3</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Although the earlier examples of catalogues provide little
+guide to present-day practice, much can be learnt by tracing
+the development of cataloguing and the history of the various
+codes.</p>
+
+<p>Where possible examine the outstanding catalogues, British
+Museum, Bibliothèque Nationale, Boston Athenæum, London
+Library Catalogue and Subject Index, and the two parts of the
+1923 edition of the American Library Association catalogue.
+Good examples of classified catalogues are those issued by the
+Bolton, Brighton, Finsbury and Glasgow Public Libraries.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_92">[Pg 92]</span></p>
+<p>Develop a critical habit, and in handling as many catalogues
+as possible, pay special attention to their style and
+peculiarities, applying to them the tests of efficiency outlined
+in the various readings of this course.</p>
+
+<p>Learn thoroughly the exact meaning of bibliographical
+and cataloguing terms. An imperfect knowledge of these not
+merely retards progress, but prevents one acquiring uninterruptedly
+the full significance of the matter under consideration.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anglo-American Code—Definitions. <i>pp. IX.-XII.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bishop—Library cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 1, 2, and 4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bolton—The Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing
+rules, <i>1908</i>. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>The English
+Library. Routledge. Appendix 1, Definitions. pp. 157-162.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules. <i>Definitions, pp. 13-24.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Memoirs of libraries. <i>Part 2, book 3, Chaps.
+on catalogues.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 19-21.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Definitions, pp. 287-309.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 1 and 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The Anglo-American cataloguing code. <i>L.W. Vol.
+11, 1908-9, pp, 467-472.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheatley—How to catalogue a library. <i>1889. Chaps. 1
+and 2.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What do you consider to be the purpose of (<i>a</i>) a catalogue
+(<i>b</i>) a bibliography?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Define:—Colophon, imprint, syndetic, diagram, edition,
+collation, synonym, facsimile, reference, chronogram,
+caption, reprint, cross-reference, impression.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_93">[Pg 93]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> State, in the form of a brief essay, what you know of
+the Anglo-American Cataloguing Code.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Outline the history of the British Museum catalogue.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Style of entry. Order of information. Collation.
+Punctuation. Abbreviations. Numerals. Size.</span></p>
+
+<p>Cataloguing practice varies in most libraries, but the
+reasons for the various modifications in use do not enter into
+consideration here, the purpose being to show what are
+generally accepted as the best style and method.</p>
+
+<p>If care is taken during the present lesson to adopt a correct
+form of entry this will become more familiar to the student
+while covering the practice outlined in succeeding lessons,
+and the exactness and careful attention to detail which are so
+essential will thus be automatically acquired.</p>
+
+<p>Note the exact order in which the information should be
+given (see example on page <i>114</i>). Follow this in all practice,
+giving fullest information required by the particular form of
+entry being made out.</p>
+
+<p>The clearness and uniformity of entries are largely affected
+by punctuation and the extent to which items of the collation
+are abbreviated. The latter is too often overdone. Note the
+various abbreviations used and the considerations as to whether
+the gain of space is commensurate with the loss of clearness
+to the reader.</p>
+
+<p>Obtain a complete understanding of the respective uses of
+Arabic and Roman numerals, and the methods of giving the
+sizes of books.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anglo-American Code—Rules <i>136-166; 172-174; Appendix 1</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Bishop—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>197-297</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fellows—Cataloguing rules, <i>pp. 8-15</i>.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_94">[Pg 94]</span>
+
+Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921,
+pp. 274-278.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chap. 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 4; Appendix B.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give an entry, which may be imaginary, containing full
+collation and imprint, demonstrating the use of capitals
+and punctuation signs, and showing how you would
+treat numerals.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give some of the common abbreviations you would use
+in cataloguing. To what extent would you carry
+abbreviation?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Show the exact order in which you would give the
+information for a full author entry.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> In what ways are the sizes of books shown? Which
+method do you prefer, and why?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Main Entry. Author Entry. Analytical Entries.</span></p>
+
+<p>Rules governing Main and Author entries take up the
+major portion of most codes of rules, but as they are better
+studied as a complete series they are all included in this lesson.</p>
+
+<p>It will be found that the various codes disagree in the form
+of entry for certain names, etc. Study the reasons for each
+variation, and after making comparison, attempt an independent
+decision as to the best form.</p>
+
+<p>Many of the rules are quite simple and easily remembered,
+but in those cases where the procedure does not appear to be
+straightforward the student is advised to trace a book which
+meets the description of the rule under consideration. In
+most instances the actual handling and examination of an
+example will assist one to grasp much more readily the
+instructions and the reason for the ruling.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_95">[Pg 95]</span></p>
+<p>The best method of working is to study primarily the
+Anglo-American Code, comparing rule by rule with the
+corresponding portion of other codes, noting differences as they
+occur.</p>
+
+<p>Necessity often arises for dealing separately with the contents
+of a book. Consider the extent to which analytical
+treatment should be carried out, and the form of the entries
+necessary.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anglo-American Code—Rules <i>1-111; 130-135; 167-171</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Bolton—Anglo-American joint code of cataloguing rules,
+<i>1908</i>. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 382-390.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>1-119; 193-196; 352-369</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fellows—Cataloguing rules. <i>pp. 16-37; 58-86; 97-130;
+144-257</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Cataloguing of anonymous literature. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 298-313.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chap. 3; pp. 7-16; 19-22</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 4-13.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Under what name or form of name would you enter:—(<i>a</i>)
+authors with compound surnames; (<i>b</i>) noblemen;
+(<i>c</i>) trials; (<i>d</i>) monarchs; (<i>e</i>) authors who have changed
+their names.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Show by examples how you would catalogue books by
+a married woman who has written under maiden and
+married names.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give the ruling of the various codes with reference to
+the treatment of anonymous books.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What is the Anglo-American Code rule governing (<i>a</i>)
+a book showing initials instead of an author’s name
+upon the title page; (<i>b</i>) government reports? Give
+examples.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_96">[Pg 96]</span>
+<i>5.</i> Define “analytical entry,” and say what works compel
+the use of this entry.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> How would you catalogue (<i>a</i>) a commentary; (<i>b</i>) an
+anthology; (<i>c</i>) a dissertation; (<i>d</i>) transactions of a
+society.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Give a full entry, with the necessary references, for a
+work written pseudonymously.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Subject Entry. References. Form Entry.</span></p>
+
+<p>Here we face the most difficult and vital part of cataloguing,
+requiring the maximum amount of care, ability, and discretion,
+so essential is the choice of correct headings to the success of a
+catalogue.</p>
+
+<p>There are no fixed rules as in the case of author entries, and
+few cataloguers, even of long experience, feel completely
+satisfied with their work in this direction. As a warning to the
+unwary, it has truly been said that in the choice of subject
+headings and cross references more absurdities can be perpetrated
+than in any other branch of library work.</p>
+
+<p>The appended reading matter is amply suggestive of the
+best practice, and illustrative of the errors to be avoided, and
+should be read with studious attention. Note the insistent
+emphasis on uniformity and consistency, attainment of which
+requires a definite adherence to a decision once taken; the
+choice of popular, rather than scientific or technical names;
+use of terms of permanent character; avoidance of foreign
+terms where there are English equivalents; choice of most
+specific subject; constant aim at ease of consultation, best
+obtained by placing oneself in the position of a reader; constant
+guard against the occurrence of synonymous headings
+and the useless multiplication of headings; care not to misuse
+national adjectives and geographical sub-divisions; inclusion
+of the necessary references, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Do not overlook the utility of a card list of the subject
+headings in use.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_97">[Pg 97]</span>
+The A.L.A. list of subject headings for a dictionary catalogue;
+Library of Congress list of subject headings; A.L.A.
+Catalogue, with supplements; Mann’s Subject headings for
+juvenile catalogues; Sears’s List of subject headings for small
+libraries; and good encyclopædias, are extremely useful
+guides and should be closely studied.</p>
+
+<p>Students should make a special point of reading those
+portions of the preface to the London Library Catalogue which
+deal with our subject, and examine the separately published
+Subject Index.</p>
+
+<p>The inclusion of form entries is often carried too far. Weigh
+carefully the value of such entries, and in examining catalogues
+give special consideration to the question as to whether the
+advantage of their inclusion is commensurate with the space
+required.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bishop—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>161-192</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fellows—Cataloguing rules. <i>pp. 38-51; Appendix 1</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fry—Subject analytical cataloguing. <i>L.W. Vol. 18,
+1915-16, pp. 36-41.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921,
+pp. 410-413; Vol. 24, 1922, pp. 5-11.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hasse—Subject headings for state documents. <i>L.J. Vol.
+31, 1906, pp. 123-126.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 5-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme—Construction of the subject catalogue. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 507-513.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hulme—Principles of dictionary subject cataloguing. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 571-576.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 14.</i></p>
+
+<p>Tyler—Modification of subject entries for card catalogues.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 21-22.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_98">[Pg 98]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What do you consider to be the general principles
+governing the choice of subject headings?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Synonymous subject headings are sometimes found in
+a dictionary catalogue. How would you guard against
+this?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> How would you choose between subject and country?
+Catalogue the following to illustrate your decision:—“Flowers
+and fruit of Spain.”</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> In cataloguing books on the following subjects, state
+under what headings you would place them, and
+what references would be required:—acoustics,
+anthropology, aves, economics, entomology, eschatology,
+natural philosophy, oology, pisces, psychology.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Name six form headings which you would bring into
+use in a dictionary catalogue.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Title and Series Entries.</span></p>
+
+<p>Catalogues are often uselessly encumbered with superfluous
+title entries. Realise the legitimate function of a title
+entry, and note the works for which this is necessary, <i>e.g.</i>,
+works published anonymously, plays, fiction, books with
+catchy titles, some music, etc.</p>
+
+<p>In studying best form of entry, note the necessary transposition
+of some titles, and the use of title-subject entry. See
+recommendations <i>re</i> books published under different titles,
+and the selection of correct title when binder’s title, translator’s
+title, etc., do not agree with the title page.</p>
+
+<p>A careful decision must be made as to which series require
+entry, as this is not necessary in all cases. Study examples
+of various methods of arranging items under a series heading,
+the necessary entries or references for the editor of a series,
+and the correct practice in cases where the editor of a series
+has written one or several of the books in that series.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_99">[Pg 99]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Anglo-American Code—Rules <i>112-129</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>120-160</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fellows—Cataloguing rules. <i>pp. 55-57; 87-96; 131-143.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922,
+pp. 5-11.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 4, 17, 18.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 14.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—Rules for an author and title sheaf catalogue.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 10, 1908, pp. 364-7.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> How, and for what purpose, are title and subject entries
+combined? Give example.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State which classes of books usually require title entries.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Books have been published at different times under
+changed titles. How would you catalogue such works?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What is a “series” entry? Give example. What
+method of arranging the entries under a series heading
+would you adopt, and why?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Give four examples of title entries for works other than
+fiction. State the reason why title entries are
+necessary.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 6.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Annotation.</span></p>
+
+<p>Unless annotation is done very well, and the information
+given is very accurate, it is better not attempted. Study the
+object of annotation, and when it is necessary. Remember
+that the need of the readers is the chief guiding principle.</p>
+
+<p>Each class of literature has its own special requirements
+in annotation, and after noting the general principles, the
+student will find it profitable to study the classes individually.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_100">[Pg 100]</span></p>
+<p>The subject is treated fully in Savage’s Manual, and the
+shorter articles in the following list deal specially with selected
+points or add emphasis to some particular aspect of the
+subject.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—Co-operative annotation and guides. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+7, 1905, pp. 272-283.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—Book annotation. <i>P.L. Vol. 24, 1919, pp. 87-90.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of practical bibliography. <i>Chap. 6, pp.
+92-94.</i></p>
+
+<p>Eastwood—Principles of book annotation. <i>N.Y. State
+Library School, Bulletin 34, 1913. pp. 73-76.</i></p>
+
+<p>Peplow—Evaluative annotation. <i>L.A. Vol. 5, 1907, pp.
+211-213.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Manual of descriptive annotation. <i>Grafton. 1906. 6s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savers—The children’s library. <i>pp. 45-51. Routledge. 1911.
+O.P.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers and Stewart—Annotation. <i>L.W. Vol. 8, 1905,
+pp. 36-39; 91-94.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> When are annotations necessary, and what are the
+general principles to be observed in framing them?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What is the essential difference between evaluative and
+descriptive annotation?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> State the kind of books for which you would give annotations
+dealing with (<i>a</i>) standpoint; (<i>b</i>) period;
+(<i>c</i>) qualifications of author.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> In framing annotations for (<i>a</i>) a historical work; (<i>b</i>)
+a scientific work; (<i>c</i>) a biography; (<i>d</i>) a work on
+some controversial topic, what information would
+you give?</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_101">[Pg 101]</span></p>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 7.</i></h3>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Varieties of catalogues. Co-operative cataloguing.
+Central Cataloguing Bureau; Union catalogues.
+Cataloguing for special purposes:—children’s catalogues,
+bulletins, lists, etc.</span></p>
+
+<p>Study definition of each style of catalogue, author, subject,
+dictionary, classified, alphabetical-classed, etc. The dictionary
+and classified forms are mostly in use, and opinion is
+divided as to which is the more suitable style for a public
+library, each claiming merits not possessed by the other. In
+order to decide which style most adequately serves the needs
+of the particular public using the library, consider what
+questions are likely to be asked of a catalogue which it may
+be reasonably expected to answer, and see to what extent
+these are met by the respective styles of catalogues.</p>
+
+<p>The policy of establishing a Central Cataloguing Bureau
+in England is under constant reference. Study the advantages
+claimed for, and difficulties to be surmounted by, such a department.
+To what extent does the Library of Congress card
+scheme satisfy requirements in this direction?</p>
+
+<p>Many suggestions have been made with a view to co-operation
+in cataloguing. Consider what it is claimed possible
+to accomplish in this direction, and note what has been
+attempted towards this end.</p>
+
+<p>The Manchester and Glasgow union catalogues are notable
+examples of co-operation in order to give fullest information
+on a particular subject available in the locality.</p>
+
+<p>Carefully consider the utility of these attempts at co-operation,
+and the possibilities underlying the various
+suggestions which have been made.</p>
+
+<p>Note the extent to which the usual cataloguing practice
+is modified when compiling children’s catalogues, lists,
+bulletins, etc.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_102">[Pg 102]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Varieties of catalogues:—</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Barrett—Alphabetical and classified forms of catalogues
+compared. <i>International Library Conference, 1897.
+Transactions, pp. 67-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bishop—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bond—Classified versus dictionary: a comparison of printed
+catalogues. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 2, 1900, pp. 313-318.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition. Chap. 18.</i></p>
+
+<p>Doubleday—Dictionary versus classified catalogues for
+lending libraries. The dictionary catalogue. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 3, 1901, pp. 521-531.</i></p>
+
+<p>Funnell—Sketch of the history of the classified catalogue
+in the British Isles. <i>L.W. Vol. 14, 1911-12, pp.
+197-200.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—Lectures on cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920,
+pp. 19-21.</i></p>
+
+<p>Kroeger—Dictionary catalogues versus bibliographies. <i>L.J.
+Vol. 27, 1902, pp. 180-186.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lillie—Merits of the classified and dictionary catalogues.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 97-102.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chap. 3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Introduction to library classification. <i>Chap. 11.
+The classified catalogue.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Co-operative cataloguing; Central cataloguing dept.;
+Union catalogues.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Blease—Co-operative cataloguing. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914,
+pp. 513-525.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hastings—Library of Congress printed cards: how to order
+and use them. <i>2nd edition, 1914. Government Printing
+Office, Washington.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library of Congress—Handbook of card distribution. <i>3rd
+edition, 1914. Government Printing Office, Washington.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_103">[Pg 103]</span></p>
+<p>Mattern—National and international co-operation in the
+field of analytical cataloguing. <i>L.J. Vol. 37, 1912,
+pp. 370-376.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Cumulative printed catalogue for large
+libraries. <i>L.J. Vol. 41, 1916, pp. 28-31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wright—Co-operative cataloguing. <i>L.W. Vol. 25, 1922-3,
+pp. 417-421; Vol. 26, 1923-4, pp. 10-16.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Cataloguing for special purposes:—Children’s
+Catalogues, Bulletins, Lists, etc.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Collar—Classification and cataloguing of children’s books.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 28, 1903, pp. 57-68.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mann—Subject headings for juvenile catalogues. <i>A.L.A.,
+1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Reading lists. <i>L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp.
+259-262.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library. <i>Chap. 3, Cataloguing, pp.
+25-51.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers <i>and</i> Stewart—Catalogues for children. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 379-391.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers <i>and</i> Stewart—Library magazines. <i>L.W. Vols.
+7-8, 1905-6.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What are the criteria of a good catalogue?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> In which special objects or in which direction will
+better results be achieved by co-operation in cataloguing?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Make a brief evaluative comparison between a dictionary
+and a classified catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Outline briefly the special purposes of a (<i>a</i>) bibliography;
+(<i>b</i>) catalogue; (<i>c</i>) bulletin; (<i>d</i>) reading list.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_104">[Pg 104]</span></p>
+<p><i>5.</i> What would be your main considerations in compiling
+a children’s catalogue, and in what way would the usual
+cataloguing practice be modified?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Describe briefly the various kinds of catalogues. State
+which you prefer in an open-access library, giving
+reasons for your choice.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 8.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Forms of Catalogues:—Card, Sheaf, Printed, Placard,
+etc. Methods of display.</span></p>
+
+<p>The librarian’s choice of catalogue does not end with the
+decision on a dictionary or a classified variety. The form
+of the catalogue has also to be considered. Of the three main
+forms—card, sheaf, and printed, the number of each kind in
+use at the present time testifies to the varying opinions held as
+to their suitability.</p>
+
+<p>Study the considerations affecting the choice of any one of
+these, and the advantages claimed for each.</p>
+
+<p>In order to ensure the fullest use being made of the catalogues
+by the public, no effort should be spared in making
+them most conveniently accessible. Although the devices
+invented to achieve this end are so numerous, many of them are
+mere variations of the same principle, and although opportunity
+must be taken to see as many different kinds as possible,
+an examination of a device illustrating each principle will
+enable the student to grasp the underlying idea of all.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Library classification and cataloguing. <i>Chaps. 8
+and 9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition, 1919.
+Chaps. 18 and 19.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Tyranny of the catalogue. <i>L.W. Vol. 11, 1908,
+pp. 1-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—The sheaf and card catalogues: a comparison. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 5, 1902, pp. 129-131.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_105">[Pg 105]</span></p>
+<p>Sayers <i>and</i> Stewart—The card catalogue. <i>Grafton, 1915. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—The sheaf catalogue. <i>Grafton, 1908. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Is the printed catalogue doomed? <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 384-389; 400-406.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Enumerate the advantages claimed for (<i>a</i>) a card catalogue;
+(<i>b</i>) a printed catalogue; (<i>c</i>) a sheaf catalogue;
+(<i>d</i>) a placard catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline the points which would influence your decision
+in choosing between a card and a sheaf catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> How would you guide a card catalogue? Illustrate by
+a rough sketch.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe the principal methods of displaying catalogues.
+Which method do you prefer, and why?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 9.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Preparation of the printed catalogue.</span></p>
+
+<p>Note the various decisions required in planning a catalogue—edition,
+size, type, paper, binding.</p>
+
+<p>Draw up a sample specification. Study the practice in
+obtaining tenders, and considerations necessary in deciding
+upon the most suitable.</p>
+
+<p>Careful preparation and marking of the copy will save
+troublesome corrections at a later stage. It must be clearly
+marked to show the printer the various changes of type.</p>
+
+<p>Learn the correction marks used in checking proof. Attention
+must be given to the necessary captions, etc., when
+checking page proof.</p>
+
+<p>Considerations regarding type will be simplified by a
+knowledge of the Point System of type measurement (see
+paragraph on <a href="#Page_24">page <i>24</i></a>).</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_106">[Pg 106]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Philip—-Production of the printed catalogue.</p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>Chapter 15; Appendix A</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Walter—Library printing. <i>A.L.A. Manual. Chapter 32.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>N. Y.: Wilson, 1924.
+Also Grafton. Chap. 16, pp. 271-298.</i> Library printing.</p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library, and the community. <i>A.L.A., 1924.
+Also Grafton, 15s. Chap. 21, pp. 222-242.</i> Lay-out
+and typography of printed matter.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Prepare a specification for the printing of a catalogue
+of <i>20,000</i> volumes.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State what kinds of type you would bring into use in a
+classified catalogue of 10,000 volumes, and how you
+would mark the copy for the printer’s guidance.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations,
+as you can.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 10.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Indexing. Arrangement. Alphabetising.</span></p>
+
+<p>Efficient indexing is an absolute necessity if the information
+contained in the Library or in the catalogue, if in classified form,
+is to be made fully and readily available.</p>
+
+<p>Lack of experience in this direction accounts in many
+cases for the impression that indexing requires no great amount
+of discretion or ability, and students are warned that this
+erroneous estimate is invariably a preliminary to unsatisfactory
+work.</p>
+
+<p>Compare the manner in which relative and specific indexes
+respectively achieve their object.</p>
+
+<p>A decision will be required upon several points in compiling
+an index to a catalogue, <i>e.g.</i>, use of page or location
+number for reference, form of entry, etc. Some entries are
+short almost to the point of being cryptic, others apparently
+contain matter superfluous in an index.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_107">[Pg 107]</span></p>
+<p>Even in the matter of arranging the entries custom varies.
+Study the rules laid down by Cutter. Make a special point of
+consistency in alphabetising.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Clarke—Manual of practical indexing.</p>
+
+<p>Cutter—Rules <i>298-350</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Hawkes—Alphabetization of catalogues. <i>L.W. Vol. 15,
+1912-13, pp. 262-266.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hitchler—Cataloguing. <i>Chap. 23.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neesham—Amplified indexing. <i>L.W. Vol. 24, 1922, pp.
+67-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Prideaux—Some thoughts on indexing. <i>L.A.R. (N.S.),
+Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 160-169.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quinn—Library cataloguing. <i>pp. 70-79.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheatley—How to catalogue a library. <i>Chap. 6.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Describe the subject index you would provide for a
+classified catalogue on cards.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give the main points to be observed in alphabetising.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Show the order in which you would arrange the following
+entries for a dictionary catalogue:—Stone and
+gravel—<i>Title.</i> Stone (E. M.)—<i>Person.</i> Stone—<i>Subject.</i>
+Stonecroft—<i>Place.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Explain what is meant by “something follows nothing.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Questions to be answered without the aid of text books, notes, etc.</i></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give the Anglo-American Code rules relating to (<i>a</i>)
+Oriental names; (<i>b</i>) Acts of Parliament; (<i>c</i>) trials;
+(<i>d</i>) names with prefixes; (<i>e</i>) married women; (<i>f</i>)
+indexes.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a list of twelve books of reference useful to a
+cataloguer.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_108">[Pg 108]</span>
+
+<i>3.</i> In a classified catalogue what typographical distinction
+would you advise for (<i>a</i>) the various headings, classes,
+divisions, sections (<i>b</i>) text; (<i>c</i>) annotations? What
+steps would you take to show the printer your requirements?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> State in the form of a short essay what you know of the
+history of the classified catalogue <i>or</i> the British Museum
+catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Illustrate by examples of entries how you would catalogue
+a collection of maps.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> How can co-operation be applied locally? State what
+you know of any such effort.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Give three entries, with necessary references and index
+entries, for dictionary and classified catalogues.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> State what variety and form of catalogue you would
+choose for a lending library of 30,000 volumes, adding
+2,000 volumes annually. Say which points would
+mainly affect your decision, and give reasons for your
+choice.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> What relation has the Institut International de Bibliographie
+to cataloguing?</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> State how you would catalogue a book where the title-page
+is missing.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>As in Course 3, Classification, the best practical test lies
+in the papers set at past Library Association examinations.
+These may be had at a <span class="err" title="original: triflng">trifling</span> cost on application to the Offices
+of the Association.</p>
+
+
+<h3>NOTES ON CATALOGUING FRENCH AND LATIN
+BOOKS.</h3>
+
+<p>In cataloguing French books the following codes must be
+thoroughly studied: Quinn—Manual of Library Cataloguing,
+<i>1913</i> edition, <i>pp. 114, 125, 127</i>. Cutter’s Rules for a Dictionary
+Catalogue. Section <i>29</i>, <i>pp. 34-35</i>, and A.L.A. &amp; L.A. Cataloguing
+Rules.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_109">[Pg 109]</span></p>
+<p>The difficulty of cataloguing French books is mainly found
+with names containing the prefix Le, La, L’, Du, Des, De la,
+D’, De.</p>
+
+<p>The student should note the method of treatment in the
+above codes and supplement this by consulting the indexes of
+standard text-books of French literature, noting what names
+the authors are entered under, and see how far they agree with
+the codes. Such works as Faguet’s “A literary history of
+France,” <i>The Library of Literary History Series</i>; Dowden’s
+“A history of French literature,” <i>Short Histories of the Literatures
+of the World</i>; Saintsbury’s “A short history of French
+literature”; and Wright’s “A history of French literature”
+will well repay careful perusal.</p>
+
+<p>An early mistake in cataloguing French books is to enter
+the letter M as an initial of the author. If the letter is
+hyphenated to another letter, <i>e.g.</i>, M-A—then the M. stands for
+one of the author’s initials, but should it have a full stop, as
+M.A.—then the letter M would stand as an abbreviation for
+<i>Monsieur</i>.</p>
+
+<p>The general rule is to enter under the prefix when it contains
+an article, le, la, l’, du, des, but not under the preposition
+de, d’, <i>e.g.</i>,</p>
+
+ <ul>
+<li>Le Sage, Alen René </li>
+<li>La Fontaine, Jean <i>de</i></li>
+<li>Du Boisgobey, Fortune</li>
+<li>Chenier, André Marie <i>de</i></li>
+<li>Aubigne, Agrippa <i>d’</i></li>
+ </ul>
+
+<p>Exceptions do occur, but very seldom, and then only in
+the case of very early writers, when the full name is best given,
+<i>e.g.</i>,</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Jean de la Bierre.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>When prefixes are embodied as part of a surname, it must
+be catalogued as one name, <i>e.g.</i>,</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Delarne-Mardrus, Lucie.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_110">[Pg 110]</span>
+In cataloguing Latin books the following codes must be
+studied: Quinn—Manual of Library Cataloguing, <i>pp. 128-130</i>;
+Cutter—Rules for a Dictionary Catalogue, Section <i>30</i>,
+and A.L.A. &amp; L.A. Cataloguing Rules.</p>
+
+<p>It is now the general practice to enter Latin authors under
+the English name, as adopted in our standard biographical
+dictionaries, such as Smith’s “Dictionary of Greek and Roman
+Biography,” and Harper’s “Dictionary of classical literature
+and antiquities.” In a great number of cases, however, these
+dictionaries enter under the Latin or vernacular form and the
+beginner in cataloguing Latin books is soon in difficulties, and
+still greater confusion results where an author has three names,
+as Titus Lucretius Carus, or Caius Suetonius Tranquillus, he
+does not know which is the best name. The nominative case is
+the best for the heading in practically every case. In order to
+become familiar with the names of Latin authors the beginner
+should know the case endings of the various declensions, especially
+the nominative and genitive plural, also the indexes to
+the following books may be profitably perused: Crutwell’s
+“A history of Roman literature,” also Appendix at <i>pp. 483-489</i>;
+Dimsdale’s “A history of Latin literature”; Duff’s
+“A literary history of Rome”; Wilkins’s “Roman literature.”</p>
+
+<p>A careful observation of the various names should enable
+the cataloguer to recognise them when a Latin book comes
+along, for instance in</p>
+
+<ul>
+<li>P. Ovidi Nasonis Tristium. Libri V. Recensuit.</li>
+<li>Catulli, Veronensis liber: iterum recognovit.</li>
+<li>P. Terenti, Comoediæ.</li>
+<li>T. Macci Plavti Rudens.</li>
+</ul>
+
+<p>The student should be able to select the names Ovidi,
+Catulli, Terenti and Plavti and from these we get the Anglicised
+names Ovid, Catullus, Terence and Plautus.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">The Printed Catalogue.</span></h4>
+
+<p>The printed catalogue is rapidly disappearing due chiefly
+to the high cost of printing and the almost universal adoption
+of the open-access system. A card or sheaf catalogue, supplemented
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_111">[Pg 111]</span>by bulletins or occasional lists, is in use in most libraries,
+but the following still find it advisable to issue Class Lists:
+Bolton, Brighton, Burnley, Finsbury and Glasgow. In each
+case the Dewey Decimal Scheme is the plan of arrangement.
+The following libraries issue printed bulletins or reader’s
+guides:—Coventry, Croydon, Ipswich, Norwich, Nottingham
+and Warrington.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Specification for Printing a Catalogue.</span></h4>
+
+<p>The best way to have a catalogue printed is first of all
+have a specimen page “set up,” with entries that will bring
+in all the types to be employed. This, together with a copy
+of the specification may be sent to six different firms inviting
+them to tender for so much per page.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><i>Specification for printing a Public Library Catalogue.</i></p>
+
+<p class="center">BOROUGH OF MONTANA.</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>The Committee of the Public Library invite tenders for
+printing a catalogue of their Lending Library upon
+the following conditions:—</p>
+
+<p><i>Edition and Size.</i>—The edition to consist of 750 copies,
+demy octavo in size (not less than 8⅞″ by 5⅝″ when
+bound).</p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot"><p><i>Note.—The number of the edition depends entirely upon
+local circumstances and whether Sectional Class Lists
+or a complete catalogue is being printed.</i></p></div>
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p><i>Type and Setting.</i>—8-point Old Style, with occasional
+small capitals, italics, and Clarendon or Antique; with
+6-point for subjects, notes, and contents, and the
+proper accented letters in foreign languages. To be
+set solid, fifty-five lines (all types) to the page (apart
+from page-heading, which is to contain a title and
+catch-word syllables). Turnover lines to be indented
+one em, the repeat dash to be one em, the class-letter
+and number to stand clear four ems, the 6-point
+indent to be two ems. Spaces between the end of the
+book entry and the class-letter to be filled with leaders.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_112">[Pg 112]</span>The type must be free from wrong founts, and must
+not be worn or broken. For the punctuation and use
+of capitals the “copy” must be closely followed.</p>
+
+<p><i>Specimen Page.</i>—The specimen page enclosed shows the
+size of the printed page, the manner of setting out, and
+the proportions of type founts may be accepted as a
+fair specimen of the whole.</p>
+
+<p><i>Paper.</i>—To be demy, at least 30-lbs. to the ream, of good
+finish, white, and uniform in tint throughout.</p>
+
+<p><i>Machining.</i>—The sheets to be well “made ready” in perfect
+register, with good ink and uniform impression,
+afterwards rolled or pressed.</p>
+
+<p><i>Time.</i>—From the first receipt of copy, the work to be proceeded
+with at not less than two sheets of sixteen
+pages each per week until completed, or in default
+thereof the printer to pay a sum of five shillings per
+day as damages.</p>
+
+<p><i>Proofs.</i>—Two copies of proof in galley form and two copies
+of a revise in page form to be furnished for reading
+and correction. The Librarian to have the right to
+demand a revise in galley and such revises in page as
+he shall deem necessary. No sheet to be sent to press
+until ordered by the endorsement of the Librarian
+thereon.</p>
+
+<p><i>Additions and Corrections.</i>—-The Librarian to have the right
+to insert additional matter in galley but not in page.
+No charge to be allowed for author’s corrections unless
+pointed out and priced at the time they are made.</p>
+
+<p><i>Number of pages.</i>—The number of pages is estimated to be
+250 more or less, but the number is not guaranteed
+and no allowance will be made for any miscalculation
+in this respect.</p>
+
+<p><i>Covers.</i>—750 covers to be printed upon coloured paper, of
+an approved tint, not less than 30-lbs to the ream
+(demy). The front of this cover to be printed with the
+title of the catalogue.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_113">[Pg 113]</span>
+
+<i>Binding.</i>—The whole edition to be bound in good straw-boards
+of suitable thickness, strongly sewn with thread,
+with cloth strip backs of good quality, the covers being
+pasted on the front and back and the whole cut flush.
+Fourteen days will be allowed for binding after the
+last sheet has been returned for the press.</p>
+
+<p><i>Delivery.</i>—When completed the catalogues are to be
+securely tied up in brown-paper parcels of fifty each
+and delivered to the Librarian at the Public Library.</p>
+
+<p><i>Tender.</i>—The tender is to state the price per page for
+8-point and for 6-point respectively, this price to be
+inclusive of all charges for press corrections, covers,
+binding, and delivery as aforesaid. When completed
+work to be measured up, and, according to the
+quantity of each of the above types used, charges will
+be allowed. Payment will be made within three months
+afterwards.</p>
+
+<p><i>Other conditions.</i>—The work is to be carried out to the
+entire satisfaction of the Librarian, and if he is dissatisfied
+with its execution he is authorised to stop
+the work and refer the matter to the Library Committee
+for their decision, which shall be final and
+binding.</p>
+
+<p><i>Contract.</i>—The firm whose tender is accepted may be required
+by the Committee to enter into a contract with
+the Borough Council to carry out the work in <span class="err" title="original: accorddance">accordance</span>
+with this specification and its conditions, and to
+give an undertaking that the rate of wages paid and the
+hours of labour observed are those that are generally
+accepted as fair by the printing trades.</p>
+
+<p>The Committee do not bind themselves to accept the lowest
+or any tender. Tenders with samples of the paper
+proposed to be used, to be sent in sealed envelopes,
+and endorsed “Catalogue” to reach the undersigned
+on or before January 1st, 1927.</p>
+</div>
+<p class="right">
+GEORGE PRESTON,<br>
+<i>Borough Librarian.</i>
+</p>
+<p>Public Library,<br>
+Montana.
+</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_114">[Pg 114]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Order of Bibliographical particulars for Cataloguing.</span></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li><i>1.</i> Author’s surname.</li>
+<li><i>2.</i> Author’s forenames.</li>
+<li><i>3.</i> Author’s distinctions.</li>
+<li><i>4.</i> Title of book.</li>
+<li><i>5.</i> Additions to title if any.</li>
+<li><i>6.</i> Name of editor or translator.</li>
+<li><i>7.</i> Edition if stated.</li>
+<li><i>8.</i> Series if any (A.L.A. and L.A. bring this after No. 13).</li>
+<li><i>9.</i> Place of publication.</li>
+<li><i>10.</i> Name of publisher.</li>
+<li><i>11.</i> Date of publication.</li>
+<li><i>12.</i> Number of volumes.</li>
+<li><i>13.</i> Size.</li>
+<li><i>14.</i> Number of pages.</li>
+<li><i>15.</i> Illustrations.</li>
+<li><i>16.</i> Portraits.</li>
+<li><i>17.</i> Maps.</li>
+<li><i>18.</i> Plans.</li>
+<li><i>19.</i> Facsimiles.</li>
+<li><i>20.</i> Diagrams.</li>
+<li><i>21.</i> Tables.</li>
+<li><i>22.</i> Charts.</li>
+<li><i>23.</i> Music in text.</li>
+<li><i>24.</i> Memoir.</li>
+<li><i>25.</i> Glossary.</li>
+<li><i>26.</i> Bibliography.</li>
+<li><i>27.</i> Contents.</li>
+<li><i>28.</i> Annotation.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_5_ENGLISH_LITERARY_HISTORY">COURSE 5: ENGLISH LITERARY HISTORY
+</h2></div>
+<p class="center"><i>By James Cranshaw.</i></p>
+
+
+<h3>GENERAL BIBLIOGRAPHY.</h3>
+
+<p>Any of the following text-books will be found sufficiently
+full to answer all questions in the general paper up to <i>1745</i>.
+After that date, a wider acquaintance with English literature
+is desirable. Students who wish for a merit or honours certificate
+must show a more intimate knowledge than is to be
+gained from mere text-books. In this case he must read the
+authors themselves, write out his own opinion, and check it
+with the opinion of recognised critics. Only in this way will
+English literature live and be of service to him after the
+examination is passed.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_115">[Pg 115]</span>
+
+<i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Text Books.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Albert (E.)—History of English literature. <i>1923. Harrap.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (John) <i>Ed.</i> A history of English literature. <i>1923.
+Nelson.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature: its history and significance
+for the life of the English-speaking world. <i>1909.
+Ginn &amp; Co.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (George)—Short history of English literature.
+<i>1911.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (Stopford A.)—English literature, <span class="allsmcap">A.D.</span> 670-1832.
+<i>1897.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—Short history of English literature. <i>1921.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bates (K. L.)—American literature. <i>1898.</i></p>
+
+<p>Trent (W. P.)—History of American literature. <i>1903.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference Books.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Brewer (E. C.)—The Reader’s handbook. <i>1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cousin (J. W.)—A biographical dictionary of English
+literature. <i>Everyman’s Library. J. M. Dent.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of American literature. <i>3 vols. in 4.
+1918-21.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>14 vols. 1907-1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Chambers’s Cyclopedia of English literature. <i>3 vols. 1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Garnett (R.) <i>and</i> Gosse (E.)—English literature: an illustrated
+record. <i>4 vols. 1903.</i></p>
+
+<p>Green (J. R.)—A short history of the English people. <i>1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)—A literary history of the English
+people. <i>3 vols.</i></p>
+
+<p>Keller (H. R.)—Reader’s digest of books. <i>1923.</i></p>
+
+<p>Seccombe (T.) <i>and</i> Nicoll (<i>Sir</i> W. R.)—“The Bookman”
+illustrated history of English literature. <i>2 vols. 1906.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_116">[Pg 116]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Useful Anthologies.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Broadus (E. K.) <i>and</i> Gordon (R. K.)—English prose from
+Bacon to Hardy. <i>1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hadow (G. E.) <i>and</i> (W. H.)—Oxford treasury of English
+literature. <i>3 vols. 1907.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hudson (W. H.)—Representative passages from English
+literature. <i>1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>Methuen (A.)—Shakespeare to Hardy. <i>1922.</i></p>
+
+<p>Newbolt (<i>Sir</i> H.)—An English anthology of prose and
+poetry. <i>1921.</i></p>
+
+<p>Palgrave (F. T.)—The golden treasury. <i>2 vols. 1904.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quiller-Couch (<i>Sir</i> A. T.)—The Oxford book of English
+prose. <i>1925.</i></p>
+
+<p>Quiller-Couch (<i>Sir</i> A. T.) Oxford book of English verse,
+<i>1250-1900</i>. <i>1907.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward (T. H.)—The English poets: selections with critical
+introductions. <i>5 vols. 1903-1918.</i></p>
+
+<p>Warren (K. M.)—A treasury of English literature ... to the
+<i>18</i>th century. <i>1906.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>There are of course several good anthologies dealing with
+special periods or special forms. The student is warned,
+however, against forming any definite opinions from mere
+selections, as these may reflect editorial idiosyncrasy or be
+restricted to one side of an author’s work.</p>
+
+<h3>BIBLIOGRAPHY: SPECIAL PERIODS.</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<i>c. 500-1500.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 1-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Section 1 and Appendix.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 1-5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 1-3.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_117">[Pg 117]</span>
+
+Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Books 1-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 1-9.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature ... to the Conquest. <i>1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>Vols. 1-3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)—Literary history of English people.
+<i>Vol. 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Schofield (W. H.)—English literature from the Norman
+Conquest to Chaucer. <i>1906.</i></p>
+
+<p>Snell (F. J.) Age of Chaucer, <i>1346-1400</i>. <i>Handbooks of E.L.
+1901.</i></p>
+
+<p>Snell (F. J.)—Age of transition, <i>1400-1580</i>. <i>Handbooks of
+E.L. 1905. 2 vols.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<i>1500-1630.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 4-5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature <i>Chaps. 3-5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Sections 2-3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 6-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Books 5-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 10-14.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>Vols. 4-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jusserand (J. A. A. J.)—Literary history of the English
+people. <i>Vols. 2-3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—Elizabethan literature, <i>1560-1660</i>. <i>1907.</i></p>
+
+<p>Snell (F. J.)—The age of transition, <i>1400-1580</i>. <i>1905.</i></p>
+
+<p>Seccombe (T.) <i>and</i> Allen (J. W.)—Age of Shakespeare,
+<i>1579-1631</i>. <i>Handbooks of E.L. 2 vols. 1904.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_118">[Pg 118]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part III.</span>—<i>1630-1745.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 6-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 5-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Sections 4-5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 8-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Books 7-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 15-21.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Gosse (E.)—From Shakespeare to Pope.</p>
+
+<p>Gosse (E.)—History of 18th century literature, <i>1660-1780</i>.
+<i>1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>Vols. 7-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Masterman (J. H. B.)—Age of Milton, <i>1632-1660</i>. <i>Handbooks
+of E.L. 1901.</i></p>
+
+<p>Garnett (R.)—Age of Dryden, <i>1660-1700</i>. <i>Handbooks of
+E.L. 1895.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dennis (John)—Age of Pope, <i>1700-1744</i>. <i>Handbooks of
+E.L. 1901.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part IV.</span>—<i>1745-1832.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Seccombe (T.)—Age of Johnson, <i>1745-1798</i>. <i>Handbooks of
+E.L. 1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Herford (C. H.)—Age of Wordsworth, <i>1798-1832</i>. <i>Handbooks
+of E.L. 1905.</i></p>
+
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 9-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brooke (S. A.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 7-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Sections 5-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 9-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Books 9-10.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_119">[Pg 119]</span>
+
+Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 22-28.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bates (K. L.)—American literature. <i>Chaps. 1-3.</i></p>
+
+<p>Trent (W. P.)—American literature. <i>Parts 1-3.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Cambridge History of English literature. <i>Vols. 10-12.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge History of American literature. <i>Vol. 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto (W.)—Literature of the Georgian era. <i>1894.</i></p>
+
+<p>Phelps (W. L.)—The English romantic movement. <i>1893.</i></p>
+
+<p>Beers (H. A.)—The English romantic movement. <i>2 vols.
+1910.</i></p>
+
+<p>Elton (O.)—Survey of English literature, <i>1780-1830</i>. <i>2 vols.
+1912.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Part V</span>.—<i>1832-1920.</i></p>
+
+
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Reading.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—History of 19th century literature, <i>1780-1895</i>.
+<i>1896.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker (Hugh)—The age of Tennyson, <i>1832-1870</i>. <i>Handbooks
+of E.L. 1897.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker (Hugh)—Literature of the Victorian era. <i>1910.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walker (<i>Mr. and Mrs.</i> Hugh)—Outline of Victorian literature.
+<i>1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>Albert (E.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 11-12.</i></p>
+
+<p>Buchan (J.)—English literature. <i>Section 6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Long (W. J.)—English literature. <i>Chap. 11.</i></p>
+
+<p>Saintsbury (G.)—English literature. <i>Book 11.</i></p>
+
+<p>Strong (A. T.)—English literature. <i>Chaps. 22-23.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bates (K. L.)—American literature. <i>Chaps. 4-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Trent (W. P.)—American literature. <i>Part 4.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Reference.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p>Cambridge history of English literature. <i>Vols. 12-14.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cambridge history of American literature. <i>Vols. 2-3.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_120">[Pg 120]</span>
+
+Cunliffe (J. W.)—English literature during the last half
+century. <i>1919.</i></p>
+
+<p>Elton (Oliver)—Survey of English literature, <i>1830-1880</i>.
+<i>2 vols. 1920.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jackson (Holbrook)—The Eighteen-nineties. <i>1913.</i></p>
+
+<p>Kennedy (J. M.)—English literature, <i>1880-1905</i>. <i>1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>Manly (J. M.) <i>and</i> Rickert (E.)—Contemporary American
+literature: bibliographies and study outlines. <i>1923.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="err" title="original: Manley (J. M.) and Rickert (E.)">Manly (J. M.) <i>and</i> Rickert (E.)</span>—Contemporary British
+literature: bibliographies and study outlines. <i>1923.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams (Harold)—Modern English writers, <i>1890-1914</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>LITERARY HISTORY.</h3>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 1 (c. 500-1500).</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">Old English Period</span> (<i>c. 500 to 1066</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The Anglo-Saxon invasion and gradual
+conquest and settlement. The coming of Christianity and its
+struggle with the pagan view of life. The inroads of the Danes
+and the growth of national feeling under Alfred. The subsequent
+Danish rule and the Gallicising of the court. The
+Norman Conquest.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—Early literature pagan. The late
+development of Christian prose and poetry. The preponderance
+of anonymous works. The lack of originality shown in the large
+number of translations and imitations. Pagan literature
+almost wholly descriptive and narrative; the meditative
+element. Christian literature chiefly religious and didactic.
+Note the chief surviving texts and their peculiarities; also
+the characteristics of Anglo-Saxon prosody.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Pagan Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Descriptive and Narrative</i>:—“Beowulf.”
+“Widsith.” “Waldhere.” “Finnsburgh.”
+“Brunanburgh.” “Maldon.” (<i>b</i>) <i>Meditative</i>:—“The
+Wanderer.” “The Seafarer.” “Deor’s Lament.” “The
+Wife’s Complaint.” “The Husband’s Message.”</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_121">[Pg 121]</span>
+
+<i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Christian Poetry.</span> (<i>a</i>) Caedmon and his school. (<i>b</i>)
+Cynewulf and his followers. (<i>c</i>) <i>Minor works</i>:—“The
+Riming Poem,” Proverbs, etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Anglo-Saxon Prose.</span>—Alfred. Aelfric. Wulfstan. The
+Homilists. “The Chronicle.” (Note the character of
+the works translated, and the influence of Latin).</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Latin Prose.</span>—Bede. Aldhelm. Alcuin.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<span class="smcap">Middle English Period</span> (<i>1066-1350</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—Effects of the Norman Conquest. Growth
+of feudalism. The struggle between the king and barons, and
+between ecclesiastical and civil power. The spread of monastic
+orders; the development of Parliament and constitution.
+The wars with Scotland, France and Wales; the growth of
+towns and industries. The foundation of universities and the
+growth of scholarship. The beginnings of chivalry and the
+spirit of romance.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The disappearance of Anglo-Saxon as
+a literary language. The predominance of Latin and French
+works until the 13th century. The gradual merging of Norman
+and Anglo-Saxon into English; the clash of dialects and the
+final triumph of the West Midland speech; the subsequent
+struggle between Latin, French, and native models in poetry
+and prose. Note the decrease in anonymous works (but lack
+of detail regarding most authors), and the absence of any
+great literary figure. Poetry predominates and attains new
+forms in the metrical romance and the lyric. The revival of
+alliteration at the end of the period. The growth of rhymed
+models.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Anglo-Latin Literature.</span>—Note influence of Paris and
+Oxford. (<i>a</i>) <i>Chroniclers</i>: William of Malmesbury. Henry
+of Huntingdon. Geoffrey of Monmouth. William of
+Newburgh. Jocelin of Brakelond. Giraldus Cambrensis.
+Walter Map. Matthew Paris, (<i>b</i>) <i>Scholars and Philosophers</i>:
+Anselm. John of Salisbury. Alex. Neckham.
+Robert Grosseteste. Roger Bacon. Richard de Bury.
+Duns Scotus. William of Occam.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_122">[Pg 122]</span>
+
+<i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Anglo-French Literature.</span>—Gaimer and Wace, and
+their influence on the rhyming chroniclers. Religious
+and didactic works and their English counterparts.
+The Norman romantic spirit and its influence on popular
+literature.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Middle English Prose.</span>—“The Ancren Riwle.” “Ayenbit
+of Inwit.”</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry of the Transition.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Rhyming Chronicles</i>:
+Layamon. Robert of Gloucester. Mannynge of Brunne.
+Laurence Minot. (<i>b</i>) <i>Religious and Didactic</i>: (<i>i</i>) The
+“Ormulum.” “Owl and the Nightingale.” “Proverbs
+of Alfred.” “Poema Morale.” (<i>ii</i>) “Proverbs of Hendyng.”
+“Cursor Mundi.” “Pricke of Conscience.”
+“Handlynge Synne.” (<i>c</i>) <i>Metrical Romances</i>: The
+Carlovingian, Arthurian, Roman, and other romance
+“cycles.” (<i>d</i>) <i>Tales in Verse</i>: Fabliaux, moral tales,
+beast stories, and satirical pieces. Story collections
+like the “Gesta Romanorum” and the “Seven Sages of
+Rome.” (<i>e</i>) <i>Lyric and Miscellaneous</i>: Songs of love and
+religion. Political Songs. (<i>f</i>) <i>The Alliterative Revival</i>:
+“Pearl,” “Cleanness,” “Patience,” “Sir Gawayne and
+the Green Knight.”</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Origins of the Drama.</span>—Mummery, miracle plays, and
+mysteries.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Outlines of Welsh and Irish Literature.</span></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part III.</span>—<span class="smcap">The Early Renaissance</span> (<i>1350-1500</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The growing social unrest following the
+Plague. The growth of town life and industries. The
+strengthening of Parliament under the Lancastrians. The
+decay of the religious orders and growth of Lollardy. The
+introduction of printing leading to a wider interest in literature.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The renewal of continental influences
+under Chaucer. The standardisation of English. The growth
+of the critical spirit leading in religion to polemic and in poetry
+to a nearer approach to realism. The development of miracle
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_123">[Pg 123]</span>and morality plays in connection with industries and town
+life. The decline of anonymity and the appearance of the first
+great literary figures. The growing importance of prose, and
+the formation of a definite style. The development of a new
+prosody, and the growth of allegory, ballad literature, and
+political songs. The rapid development in Scotch poetry.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Leaders</i>: Chaucer. Langland. Gower.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>English Chaucerians</i>: Lydgate, Occleve, Hawes, and
+the minors. (<i>c</i>) <i>Early Scots Poetry</i>: Barbour. Blind
+Harry. Andrew of Wyntoun. The Chroniclers. (<i>d</i>)
+<i>Scottish Chaucerians</i>: James I. Henryson. Dunbar.
+Douglas. Kennedy. (<i>e</i>) <i>Folk Poetry</i>: Songs, ballads,
+political and religious verse.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—Development of miracle plays and moralities.
+<i>The chief cycles</i>: York, Wakefield, Chester, Coventry
+Newcastle, Norwich. <i>Chief Moralities</i>: “Castle of
+Perseverance,” “Mary Magdalen,” “Everyman.”</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Prose.</span>—Wyclif and Trevisa, Mandeville, Pecock, Fortescue,
+and Capgrave. Malory, Caxton, and Berners.
+The “Paston Letters.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER—(<i>c. 500 to 1500</i>).</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> The Christian poetry of the Anglo-Saxon period is generally
+divided into two schools. Name these, and arrange
+under each the chief works and writers where known.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What are the chief characteristics of Old English prose?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What effect had the Norman Conquest on English
+literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Name the chief poems which mark the transition stage
+between Old English and Modern English.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> In what form did the romantic spirit find its outlet in
+Middle English literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Contrast the literary spirit of Chaucer’s age with that of
+the previous age.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_124">[Pg 124]</span>
+
+<i>7.</i> Who were the chief followers of Chaucer in England and
+Scotland? Briefly contrast any two of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> What was Caxton’s special service to English literature?</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Write brief notes on any three of the following: “Widsith,”
+“Pricke of Conscience,” “Sir Gawayne,” “Gesta
+Romanorum,” the “Prologue to the Canterbury Tales,”
+“Ancren Riwle,” “Mandeville’s Travels,”.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Name the source and approximate date of any five of the
+following:</p>
+</div>
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>“Sumer is icumen in.”</p>
+
+<p>“He was a very parfit gentil knight.”</p>
+
+<p>“In a somer seson, when softe was the sonne.”</p>
+
+<p>“He knew the taverns well in every toun.”</p>
+
+<p>“A freedom is a nobil thing.”</p>
+
+<p>“His study was but litel in the Bible.”</p>
+
+<p>“For he that is trewe of his tongue, and of his two handes
+and doth the werken therewith, and willeth no man ille;
+He is a god by the gospel.”</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 2 (1500-1630)</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">Renaissance and Reformation</span> (<i>1500-1579</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The accession of the Tudors making for
+peace and social development. The introduction and spread
+of the new learning by Erasmus and others. The Reformation.
+Henry’s struggle with the Papacy, and the resulting reconstitution
+of the English church and dissolution of the monasteries.
+The religious persecutions under Mary and Elizabeth,
+and the beginnings of Puritanism.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—A period of transition and for the most
+part poor in material. Changes in the language, such as the
+dropping of the final e, are causing new metrical experiments
+and forms. Barclay introduces the ecologue, and Wyatt and
+Surrey the sonnet. A striking feature is the decay of Scottish
+poetry, which does not revive until the 18th century. The
+drama gradually supersedes the old metrical romance. The
+miracle and morality play give way to the interlude, and
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_125">[Pg 125]</span>later to tragedy and comedy proper. Prose is chiefly concerned
+with religious and historical topics. There is a marked
+decay in the influence of Latin models, and some tentative
+attempts to develop native qualities. The bases of all our
+four prose styles are laid in this period.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Scottish Rearguard</i>: Lyndsay. Maitland.
+Alex. Scott. Alex. Montgomerie. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Spenserian
+Vanguard</i>: Hawes. Barclay. Skelton. (<i>c</i>) <i>Satirical
+and Social Literature</i>: Mock testaments. Satires on
+women. Jest books. Vagabond literature, (<i>d</i>) <i>The New
+English Poetry</i>: Wyatt and Surrey. Gascoigne. Sackville.
+<i>The poetical miscellanies.</i> (<i>e</i>) <i>Verse Translations
+from the Classics</i>: Their influence as source books for
+dramatic plots, etc. Jasper Heywood. Turberville.
+Phaer and Golding.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—<i>The Interlude</i>: John Heywood and John
+Rastel. Bale and the “mystery play.” The new classical
+models at court and school. <i>The first comedies</i>: “Ralph
+Roister Doister,” “Gammer Gurton’s Needle,” etc.
+Dutch, Spanish, and Italian influences. Gascoigne.
+Edwards and the anonymous “Humanists,” and their
+tragi-comedy. <i>Romantic comedy</i>: “Promos and Cassandra,”
+<i>Senecan Tragedy</i>: “Gorboduc,” Gascoigne.
+Kyd. Daniel.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Critical Prose.</span>—Elyot and Ascham. Cheke. Wilson.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">The Renaissance Scholars.</span>—Erasmus. Linacre.
+Grocyn. Colet. Lyly. Fisher. More. Elyot.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Reformation Literature.</span>—Erasmus. “The Book of
+Common Prayer.” Tyndale, Coverdale, and other
+workers on the English Bible. Cranmer, Latimer, and the
+sermon writers. Sternhold and Hopkins and the Hymnal.
+Foxe’s “Book of Martyrs.” <i>The Reformation in Scotland</i>:
+P. Hamilton. J. Knox. R. Lindesay.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">History and Travel.</span>—Berners. Bale. Hall. Leland.
+Harrison. Hollinshed.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_126">[Pg 126]</span></p>
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<span class="smcap">The Elizabethans</span> (<i>1579-1630</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—An age of expansion, geographically and
+mentally. England becomes a power of the first rank, and her
+new position in the world of affairs is emphasised by the
+glorious victory of 1588, and the achievements of her explorers,
+adventures, and business men. The influx of new ideas from
+the east, and the material wealth from the west, overshadow
+the old religious quarrels, and the union of Scotland and
+England helped to settle dynastic problems for a time. The
+new commercial developments, however, raised the position
+of the middle classes, and the reign of James I. is mainly a
+struggle for economic power on their part and the “divine
+right of kings” idea on the part of the crown.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The age is characterised by its revolt
+against tradition. Despite the new interest in the classics,
+translations and imitations are rendered in a remarkably free
+spirit. All borrowings are remoulded and re-fashioned, and
+given a character native to themselves. The language, in spite
+of the introduction of a host of foreign words, emerges tempered
+and polished, and there is a remarkable output in all
+forms of literature. The age is a quest for romance and adventure,
+and nowhere does this spirit show itself so well as in
+literature. The drama makes a wonderful leap into maturity;
+poetry blossoms forth in great and original beauty. Prose
+attains a first-rate position, steadily developing through the
+“conceits” of Euphuism to the splendid models of Bacon and
+Hooker. The novel <i>only</i> remains in its infancy, as blank verse
+and metrical facility still overshadow the glorious prose weapon
+in the course of development.</p>
+
+<p>The chief poetic forms in use (stated in the order of their
+popularity) were the lyric and the sonnet, the descriptive and
+narrative poem, from pure description to allegory and pastoral;
+the religious, satirical and didactic poem. The drama reaches
+its summation between <i>1595</i> and <i>1615</i>, and begins to decline
+with Jonson. After Shakespeare the pre-eminence of tragedy
+is challenged by light comedy, while the masque has a brief
+but glorious run from Jonson to Milton. In prose we have the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_127">[Pg 127]</span>remarkable vogue of the “character sketch,” developing into
+the regular essay with Bacon, while the prose romance, a host
+of miscellaneous pamphlets, theological writings, sermons
+translations, travels, and the remarkable “Anatomy of
+Melancholy” all serve to form the foundation of many important
+groups of the future.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Spenser and his successors</i>: Drummond.
+Wither. Wm. Browne. Greville. Sir John Davis. Giles
+and Phineas Fletcher, (<i>b</i>) <i>The Sonneteers</i>: Spenser.
+Sidney. Daniel. Constable. Lodge. Barnes. G. Fletcher.
+Drayton. Shakespeare. (<i>c</i>) <i>Lyrists</i>: The lyric in the
+drama. Greene. Breton. Lodge. Munday. John
+Wotton. Barnefield. The miscellanies. Campion.
+Jonson. Shakespeare. (<i>d</i>) <i>Political and Patriotic Verse</i>:
+Warner. Daniel. Drayton. (<i>e</i>) <i>Religious and Philosophical
+Verse</i>: Giles and Phineas Fletcher. Sir John
+Davies. Southwell. Wither. Donne. Drummond. (<i>f</i>)
+<i>Verse Satire</i>: Drayton. Donne. Joseph Hall. Marston.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Shakespeare’s predecessors</i>: The “university
+wits”: Lyly. Nash. Peele. Lodge. Greene.
+Kyd. Marlowe. (Note chiefly: historical plays are of a
+tragical cast; Lyly the only romantic comedy writer
+till Shakespeare). (<i>b</i>) <i>Shakespeare, his contemporaries
+and successors</i>: Jonson. Beaumont and Fletcher.
+Chapman. Marston. Dekker. Middleton. Heywood.
+Tourneur. Webster. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Masque</i>: Spenser. Jonson.
+Campion. Chapman. Beaumont. <i>(d) Pastoral Drama</i>:
+The “university wits.” Daniel. Fletcher. Jonson.
+(<i>e</i>) <i>Dramatic Criticism</i>: The Puritan attack on the
+stage. Gosson <i>versus</i> Lodge. Stubbs <i>versus</i> Heywood,
+etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Prose.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Novel</i>: Its origins in romance of chivalry
+and pastoral romance. The idylls of Lyly, Sidney, Greene,
+Lodge. The realistic attempts of Nash and Deloney.
+The collections of tales from foreign sources by Brooke,
+Painter, Fenton, and Pettie. (<i>b</i>) <i>The “Character
+Sketch” and Essay</i>: Hall. Breton. Overbury. Earle.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_128">[Pg 128]</span>Bacon. (<i>c</i>) <i>The critics</i>: Sidney. Harvey. Puttenham.
+Webbe. Harington. T. Heywood. Jonson. Campion
+<i>versus</i> Daniel. War of diction, form, and style. (<i>See also</i>
+Dramatic Criticism), (<i>d</i>) <i>The Satirists</i>: Audelay.
+Harman. Dekker. Nash (<i>See also</i> verse satire). (<i>e</i>) <i>The
+Translators</i>: The Bible (A.V.) North. Florio. Holland.
+Fairfax. <i>Verse translations</i>—Chapman. Stanyhurst.
+Harington. (<i>f</i>) <i>Historians and Antiquaries</i>: Bacon.
+Raleigh. Knolles. Camden. Stow. (<i>g</i>) <i>Travel and Geography</i>:
+Gilbert. Hawkins. Davies. Best. Hakluyt.
+Purchas. Coryat. The poetry of discovery. (<i>h</i>) <i>Religious
+Controversialists and Theologians</i>: Hooker. Andrewes.
+Ussher. Hall. Donne. The Marprelate Controversy.
+(<i>i</i>) <i>Philosophical and Miscellaneous Prose</i>: Burton.
+Bacon. Jonson. Selden.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER—<i>1500-1630</i>.</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Briefly outline the developments of the drama from <i>1500-1630</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name the chief representatives of the English “humanists”
+and Reformation writers. Describe the work of any one
+of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> The Elizabethans have been described as “adventurers
+all.” Justify this in reference to their literary output.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What were the chief foreign influences at work during the
+period <i>1500-1630</i>?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Who were the chief prose writers of the period <i>1550-1630</i>?
+Contrast any two of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Write a brief critical account of any one of the following:
+Marlowe, Jonson, Bacon, or Spenser.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Discuss the origin and development of the novel in
+reference to this period.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Shakespeare’s dramatic career is usually classified into
+periods. Describe these, and name three plays belonging
+to each.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_129">[Pg 129]</span></p>
+<p><i>9.</i> What were the chief poetical forms in use in Shakespeare’s
+day? Name four users of any one of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Name the author of four of the following quotations, and
+the works in which they appear:—</p>
+</div>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Drink to me only with thine eyes.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear"><div>“Dost thou think because thou art virtuous</div>
+<div>There shall be no more cakes and ale.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“There is a garden in her face</div>
+<div>Where roses and white lilies blow.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Into the breast which gave the rose</div>
+<div>Shall I with shuddering fall.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“We mark when we hit but rarely when we miss.”</div></blockquote>
+ <blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Since there’s no help, come let us kiss and part.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Was this the face that launched a thousand ships.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“He that plots to be the only figure among ciphers</div>
+<div>Is in danger of becoming the decay of a whole age.”</div></blockquote>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 3 (1630-1746).</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Milton</span> (<i>1630-1660</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The national unity of the Elizabethan age
+changes to one of internal strife and dissension. The struggle
+between the doctrine of the “divine right of kings” and civil
+liberty becomes most acute, and after the failure of the Long
+Parliament the country is involved in civil war. The defeat of
+the Royalists and the rise of the Puritans changes the conflict
+to one of civil and religious liberty, in which the latter gains a
+temporary triumph. The pendulum of feeling sweeps violently
+back again soon after Cromwell’s death.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The clash of parties is deeply reflected
+in the literature of the times. The unsettled state of affairs
+results in a smaller output of poetry, and prose assumes a fierce
+and disputatious character. Milton dominates the period,
+and with this exception, the fashion is towards shorter poems
+with more fancy and less fervour, as witness the metaphysical
+lyric and its frequent leaps into remote fancy and absurdity.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_130">[Pg 130]</span>The Elizabethan adventurous spirit has gone; a pensive and
+often melancholy attitude takes its place. The religious lyric
+is the only form showing signs of real exaltation: the love
+lyric, the ode, the narrative and descriptive poem all tend
+towards artificiality. The classic emphasis on form steadily
+develops. The heroic couplet begins its long reign, and except
+in Milton, blank verse is extremely slipshod. Prose shows
+a fairly continuous development. The tendency is toward the
+ornate, but both middle and plain styles are well represented.
+Narrative prose is small, but the age is famous for its sermons,
+philosophical, historical, and miscellaneous types. A special
+development is the journalistic essay. The drama has practically
+collapsed, the only men of note up to the closing of the
+theatres in <i>1642</i>, being Ford, Massinger, Shirley, Suckling,
+Davenant.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Caroline Lyrists</i>: Decline of the sonnet.
+The classical lyric. The Caroline lyric. Jonson’s influence.
+Herrick. Carew. Suckling. Lovelace. Chamberlayne.
+Kynaston. John Hall. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Metaphysical School</i>:
+Herbert. Crashaw. Vaughan. Treherne. Quarles.
+(<i>c</i>) <i>The Couplet</i>: Decline of blank verse. Sir John Beaumont.
+Sandys. Waller. Denham. Cowley. Davenant.
+Marvell. (<i>d</i>) <i>Milton and his poetry</i>: The epic. The ode.
+The pastoral. The sonnet. The masque.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama</span> and its decline. The Elizabethan tradition:
+Massinger. Ford. Shirley. Randolph. Brome. Suckling.
+The masque: Jonson to Milton. Davenant and the new
+heroic play.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span> Bunyan.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—Milton. Hobbes. Davenant.
+Cowley. Growth of literary characterisation and appreciation.
+Beginnings of journalism.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">The Satire.</span>—Marvell. Denham.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Theology</i>: Baker. Treherne.
+Baxter. Fuller. Taylor, (<i>b</i>) <i>Philosophy</i>: Hobbes and his
+critics. Harington. Glanvill. (<i>c</i>) <i>History and Antiquities</i>:
+Herbert. Clarendon. Digby. Browne. Fuller. Walton.
+Urquhart.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_131">[Pg 131]</span></p>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Dryden</span> (<i>1660-1700</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The rigour of the Puritans did not long
+survive the death of Cromwell. In <i>1660</i>, the Stuarts were
+restored and the pendulum swung from restriction to license.
+The political power of England declined, and the old Stuart
+tyranny in religion and politics served to keep alive religious
+and political factions. In <i>1688</i>, James II. fled, to be succeeded
+by William and Mary. A new era of constitutional monarchy,
+of civil and religious freedom, of decency in social life resulted,
+and England’s position in European affairs rose once more.
+These conditions were strikingly reflected in the literature of
+the times. After <i>1688</i>, literature emphasises the political rather
+than the religious side of affairs.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The Elizabethan romantic spirit is
+completely spent. The new spirit is all for restraint and convention.
+Note the imitation of Latin models in poetry, and
+French models in comedy; the combination of French and
+classical models in producing the new “heroic play,” and the
+growth of the “correct school.” As in the previous age one
+figure towers over all the rest. Outside the work of Dryden the
+age is poor in ode, lyric, and narrative poetry, but satirical
+verse shows great development. The use of the heroic couplet
+spreads throughout poetry and drama; blank verse is very
+rare and very slipshod; while the lyric still follows the artificial
+Caroline tradition. Drama has a new lease of life; French
+example is developing the new play of “Manners” of a very
+licentious character. Prose is not very great in bulk, but it
+shows a tendency towards a plain and forcible style. The new
+“Royal Society,” with its demand for clearness of expression
+had much to do with the new prose. The ornate style of the
+previous age has but one great exponent: Burnet.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Lyrists</i>: Dryden. Marvell. The court
+poets: Rochester, Sedley, etc. (<i>b</i>) <i>Narrative</i>: Dryden.
+Butler. (<i>c</i>) <i>Satirical and Didactic</i>: Dryden. Butler.
+Oldham. Shadwell. (<i>d</i>) <i>Criticism in Verse</i>: Mulgrave and
+Roscommon.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_132">[Pg 132]</span>
+<i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—Spanish and French influences: Molière,
+Corneille. Racine, etc. (<i>a</i>) <i>The Heroic Play</i>: <i>Dryden</i>.
+Orrery. Killigrew. Settle. Lee. (<i>b</i>) <i>Comedy</i>: Dryden.
+Etheredge. Shadwell. Wycherley. Congreve. Vanbrugh.
+Farquhar. Behn. Cibber. Centlivre. (<i>c</i>) <i>Tragedy</i>:
+Otway. Lee. Crowne. Southerne. Rowe.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—Bunyan. Aphra Behn.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">The Essay.</span>—The beginnings of modern English prose.
+Science and the demand for clarity and simplicity.
+Pulpit plainness. French influences. Dryden. Cowley.
+Osborne. Temple. Halifax.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Memoirs, Letters and Diaries.</span>—Evelyn. Pepys.
+Hamilton. Whitelocke.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Political Writers.</span>—Locke. Sidney. The pamphleteers
+and the news letter.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Economists</i>: Locke. Petty.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Science</i>: Digby. Newton. Harvey. Boyle. Glanvil.
+(<i>c</i>) <i>Religion</i>: Barrow. Pearson. Wilkins. Stillingfleet.
+Tillotson. South. Bunyan. Fox. Penn. Barclay, (<i>d</i>)
+<i>Philosophy</i>: Locke. Whichcote and the Cambridge
+Platonists. More. Cudworth. Culverwell. Cumberland.
+Glanvil. (<i>e</i>) <i>History, Travel and Antiquities</i>: Burnet.
+Ludlow. Temple. Coke. à Wood. Dugdale. Ashmole.
+Knox. Dampier. Molesworth.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part III.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Pope</span> (<i>1700-1740</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—Under Anne the chief influences which
+left their mark on literature were the War of the Spanish
+succession, the rise of political parties, the Act of Settlement
+and the new study of social and industrial conditions. Under
+George I. history is largely Whig politics and the development
+of English trade. Political life was corrupt and cynical and
+social outlook materialistic. The year <i>1714</i>, was the culminating
+point of the strife between Whigs and Tories. The
+accession of the House of Hanover was a triumph for the Low
+Church and the middle classes generally.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_133">[Pg 133]</span></p>
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The age is chiefly one of development
+in prose style. The tendency in poetry is all towards convention
+and polish rather than fervour and freedom. Under Pope and
+his school the heroic couplet reaches its climax as a weapon
+of criticism and satire, and is often no more than rhymed
+prose. The political strife influenced literature in several ways:
+(<i>a</i>) it unloosed an avalanche of pamphlets and developed a
+virulent prose style, (<i>b</i>) assisted in the formation of those
+clubs and coffee houses which were to have so great an influence
+on the essay, (<i>c</i>) produced a swarm of party periodicals
+and literary journals, (<i>d</i>) helped to create an increased reading
+public and led to the development of the new publishing
+houses and the race of hack writers of “Grub Street.”</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Lyrists</i>: Prior. Gay. (<i>b</i>) <i>Critical and
+Satirical Verse</i>: Pope. Swift. Prior. Garth. Parnell.
+Winchilsea. Savage. Young. (<i>c</i>) <i>Pastoral</i>: Pope. Gay.
+Ambrose Philips. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Ode</i>: Pope. Winchilsea. (<i>e</i>)
+<i>Narrative</i>: Pope’s Homer. Addison. Blackmore. (<i>f</i>)
+<i>The Scottish Revival</i>: The long blight and the kirk.
+Survival of popular songs. Allan Ramsay. Robt. Fergusson.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—The effect of the new staging and general
+decline. Addison. Ambrose Philips. Steele. Gay.
+Ramsay. The musical play.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—Defoe. Swift.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—Defoe. Addison. Steele. Swift.
+Rymer. Gildon. Dennis. Cibber. Rise of the newspaper.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Memoirs, etc.</span>—Lady M. W. Montagu. Lady Cowper.
+Lady Suffolk, etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Satire.</span>—(Chiefly political). Defoe. Swift. Arbuthnot.
+Addison. Bolingbroke. Mandeville.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Economists</i>: Bolingbroke.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Scholars and Antiquaries</i>: Bentley. Middleton and
+the classics. (<i>c</i>) <i>History and Travel</i>: Burnet. Strype.
+Collier. Neal, etc. (<i>d</i>) <i>Burlesques and Translations</i>:
+Cotton. John Philips. L’Estrange.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_134">[Pg 134]</span>
+<i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">Beginnings of American Literature</span>.—The colonial
+period, <i>1607-1764</i>. (<i>a</i>) <i>Poetry</i>: Bradstreet. Wigglesworth.
+“The Bay Psalm Book.” (<i>a</i>) <i>Prose</i> (<i>i</i>) John Smith
+Bradford. Winthrop and the early annalists. (<i>ii</i>) The
+Mather family and other New England divines.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER (<i>1630-1745</i>).</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> In what ways did the struggle between Parliament and
+the Crown affect literature in the period <i>1630-1660</i>?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Who were the Caroline lyrists; compare their work with
+that of the Elizabethan lyrists.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Compare Milton with Dryden, <i>or</i> Defoe with Bunyan, or
+Evelyn with Pepys.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Outline the qualities of Restoration drama. Name the
+chief writers in each form of play.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Trace the development of English prose style from Bacon
+to Addison.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What effects had political life on literature in the age of
+Pope?</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Name three philosophers, three scientific writers and three
+religious authors of the period <i>1660-1748</i>. Comment
+on the work of any one of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Name the author and approximate date of any four of the
+following: “Night Thoughts,” “The Gentle Shepherd,”
+“Moll Flanders,” “Tale of a Tub,” “Venice
+Preserved,” “All for love,” “Grace Abounding.”</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Compare Pope and Swift as satirists, or Addison and Steele
+as essayists.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Name the source of five of the following:—</p>
+</div>
+ <blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Words are wise men’s counters.” </div>
+</blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Stone walls do not a prison make.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Her feet beneath her petticoat</div>
+<div>Like little mice stole in and out.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“A little learning is a dangerous thing.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_135">[Pg 135]</span>
+<div>“Still amorous and fond and billing</div>
+<div>Like Philip and Mary on a shilling.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“The proper study of mankind is man.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Tis not in mortals to command success,</div>
+<div>But well do more, Sempronius, we’ll deserve it.”</div></blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Man is a noble animal, splendid in ashes and pompous
+in the grave.”</div></blockquote>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 4 (1745-1832).</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Johnson</span> (<i>1745-1798</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—The age is one of rapid and vigorous
+growth in science and speculation. Note particularly the
+influence of the “encyclopedists” and the French “salons.”
+In politics, England is developing a strong imperialistic tendency,
+and her wealth and possessions are growing apace.
+Whig and Tory still carry on the party feud, but with less
+animosity until the loss of the American colonies and the
+outbreak <span class="err" title="original: of of the">of the</span> French Revolution. Philosophy is largely
+sceptical and official religion latitudinarian, but there is a
+growing feeling towards evangelism. Note the rise of Wesleyanism,
+the growing moral sense, the struggle for the freedom
+of the press, the movement towards prison reform and
+abolition of the slave trade, and also the beginnings of industrialism.
+Note above all the tendency towards naturalism,
+the new interest in man and his place in nature, and the
+growing feeling for the lower classes long before the French
+Revolution took place.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—In literature the tendencies are conflicting.
+The rapid growth of science and speculative thought
+is in favour of critical prose, but it also serves poetry by challenging
+the received ideas. Classicism is still a power with
+Johnson and his school, but there is a growing movement
+towards naturalism. The new spirit gradually led to the
+following changes. In poetry, a return to natural scenes in
+preference to the artificial pastoral pictures; a revolt against
+formal measures and a renewed interest in old Ballads and in
+the Middle Ages. In philosophy, to a great deal of theorising
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_136">[Pg 136]</span>as to man’s place in the world around, and in history to a new
+critical school. In the novel we have realism side by side with
+sentimentalism, and in the latter years weird romance cheek by
+jowl with the philosophical novel and the didactic tale of
+manners. The drama is in a transition stage; the metrical
+play is giving way to the prose drama; tragedy is practically
+non-existent and comedy is only rescued from oblivion by two
+great names. In miscellaneous prose, letter-writing has become
+popular, and the periodical essay is becoming more literary
+and less political.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center">(<i>a</i>) <span class="smcap">American Literature.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—Barlow and the “Hartford Wits.” Trumbull
+and Dwight’s epics. Frenau’s satires and lyrics. Ralph
+and the Philadelphians.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Drama.</span>—Beginnings. Tyler. Dunlap. Hillhouse.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—Mrs. Foster. Mrs. Rowson and the domestic
+novel.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Politicians and Orators.</span>—Franklin. Jefferson. Paine.
+Dickinson. Quincy. Otis. Adams. Henry.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Diarists.</span>—Sewall. Woolman. Franklin.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Philosophy and Religion</i>:
+Chauncey. Franklin. Woolman. Johnson. (<i>b</i>) <i>History
+and Travel</i>: Prince. Irving. Carver. Bartram. Lewis
+and Clark.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>b</i>) <span class="smcap">English Literature</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Classical Tradition</i>: Cibber. Whitehead.
+Pye. Johnson. Goldsmith. Dyer. Blair. Shenstone.
+Akenside. Glover. E. Darwin. (<i>See also</i> Satire).
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Poets of Transition</i>: Thomson. Collins. Gray. The
+Wartons. Russell. Smart. Cowper. Blake. Crabbe.
+(<i>c</i>) <i>Influence of the Middle Ages</i>: Macpherson. Percy’s
+“Reliques.” Ritson. Chatterton and Spenser. The
+Wartons. Tyrrwhitt and Chaucer. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Scottish
+Revival</i>: The Hamiltons. Jean Elliott. Beattie. Ross.
+Mickle. Logan. Bruce. Fergusson. Burns.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_137">[Pg 137]</span></p>
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">Drama.</span>—The predominance of repertoire until <i>1770</i>.
+Translations from the French, and the influence of
+Voltaire. (<i>a</i>) <i>Tragedy</i>: Johnson. Lillo. Moore. Home.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Panto and Ballad Opera</i>: Rich. Gay. Centlivre.
+Young. Hughes. Thomson. (<i>c</i>) <i>Burlesque and Farce</i>:
+Fielding. Foote. (<i>d</i>) <i>Comedy</i>: Colman. Murphy.
+Towneley. Garrick. Goldsmith. Sheridan. O’Keefe.
+Macklin. Holcroft. (<i>e</i>) <i>Sentimental Drama</i>: Kelly.
+Cumberland.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Novel.</span>—The perfecting of the novel proper. (<i>a</i>) <i>The
+Picaresque Romance</i>: Fielding. Smollett. Sterne. (<i>b</i>)
+<i>The Novel of Manners and Sentiment</i>: Richardson.
+Sterne. Mackenzie. Burney. Brooks. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Romance
+of Terror</i>: Amory. Walpole. Beckford. Radcliffe.
+Reeve. Lewis. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Revolutionary Romance</i>: Godwin.
+Holcroft. Bage. Inchbald. (<i>e</i>) <i>The Didactic Tale</i>:
+Johnson. Goldsmith. H. More.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—Johnson. Goldsmith. The
+Wartons. Gray. The periodical press. Mrs. Thrale.
+Mrs. Trench. Twining.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Oratory.</span>—Burke. Fox. Pitt. Sheridan.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Diarists, Letter-Writers and Memoirs.</span>—Boswell.
+Burdy. Holcroft. Walpole. Wolfe Tone. Chesterfield.
+Burney. Hannah More. The Warwickshire coterie:
+Somervile. Shenstone. Jago. Graves. Cowper. Mrs.
+Montagu.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Satire.</span>—Churchill. Wolcot. Anstey. “The Rolliad.”
+“The Anti-Jacobin,” “The Baviad,” etc. “Junius.”
+Gifford. Canning. Frere. Burns, etc.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">Political Literature.</span>—Whig and Tory pamphleteers.
+Smollett. Wilkes. Burke. Paine. Godwin. Mary Wollstonecroft.
+Cobbett.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Philosophy</i>: Hume. Adam.
+Smith. Hartley. Reid and the “commonsense” school.
+Bentham. Mill and Utilitarianism. Malthus. Young.
+E. Darwin. Stewart. (<i>b</i>) <i>Religion</i>: Dislike of enthusiasm
+and general tolerance. The divines: Wake. Sherlock.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_138">[Pg 138]</span>
+The Apologists: Paley. Horsley. Watson. Lowth.
+Warburton. The Sceptics: Priestley, Middleton, Paine
+and the deists. The evangelists: Whitefield, Fletcher,
+and the Wesleys. (<i>c</i>) <i>Classical Scholars, etc.</i>: Parr.
+Horne Tooke. Wakefield. Porson. Toup. (<i>d</i>) <i>Science and
+Discovery</i>: Black. Cavendish. Priestley. Hutton.
+Dalton. White. Pennant. Pinkerton. Bruce. A. Young.
+(<i>e</i>) <i>Historians</i>: Gibbon. Hume. Robertson. Smollett.
+Goldsmith. Watson. Walpole. Mitford. Middleton.
+Whitaker. Ferguson. Strutt.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> <span class="smcap">Children’s Books.</span>—The Newberys. Edgeworth. Sherwood.
+Blake. Trimmer. Day. Barbauld.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part II.</span>—<span class="smcap">Age of Wordsworth</span> (<i>1798-1832</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—Note the influence of German thought,
+the effects of the French Revolution and of the War between
+England and France, <i>1793-1815</i>. Also the attitude of the
+English liberals to the French Republic and the difference
+between the older revolutionary poets such as Wordsworth and
+the younger such as Shelley. Equally important are the effects
+of the industrial revolution, the congregation of people in towns
+and the growing demand for political and social measures
+ending in the Reform Bill. Note also the War of <i>1812</i>, and
+the emergence of American literature proper.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—Literature is marked by a remarkable
+activity and success in all forms except the drama. Here
+nothing better could be done than low comedy, and the unsuccessful
+poetic tragedy of Byron and others. Poetry is
+exceedingly fertile. The return to Nature heralded in the
+previous age, and the new interest in the Middle Ages, comes
+to full fruition, while the growing philosophical spirit demands
+more than a mere metrical facility and sympathetic observation.
+All nature is the field, and the meaning thereof the
+quest. No new metrical forms are in vogue, but the new verse
+is marked by a wider range of subject, a freshness of treatment,
+and a simplicity of style. In the novel we have the full development
+of the historical and domestic types, and the introduction
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_139">[Pg 139]</span>of the hybrid “society” novel. A tremendous advance takes
+place in the critical and miscellaneous essay. The vogue of
+these and of the political essay is seen in the number of new
+magazines and newspapers. Prose tends towards the middle
+style, but all kinds are represented from plain Cobbett to
+fervid De Quincey. Letter writers, literary biography and
+satire hold minor positions, but by no means negligible ones,
+while history and other forms of research are well represented.</p>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>a</i>) <span class="smcap">American Literature.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—Bryant. Paulding. Dana, <i>Snr.</i> Woodworth.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—Barker. Payne.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—Brackenridge. Brown. Cooper. Irving.
+Paulding.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">The Essay.</span>—Channing. Dennie. Wirt. Paulding. Dana,
+<i>Snr.</i></p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Humor.</span>—Irving and the beginnings of short humorous
+sketch.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Politicians and Orators.</span>—Calhoun. Randolph. Clay.
+Webster.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Philosophy and Religion.</span>—Hopkins. T. Dwight. A.
+Norton.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">History and Biography.</span>—Irving.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center">(<i>b</i>) <span class="smcap">English Literature.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Wordsworth Group—Poetry of Man and
+Nature</i>: Wordsworth. Coleridge. Bowles. Crabbe.
+Bloomfield. Clare. Elliott, (<i>b</i>) <i>Scott Group—Ballad
+and Song</i>: Scott. Leyden. Hogg. Cunningham. Tannahill.
+Motherwell. Campbell. Moore. Rogers. Southey.
+Hemans. (<i>c</i>) <i>Religious Poets</i>: Montgomery. Heber.
+Milman. K. White, (<i>d</i>) <i>Shelley and the younger Revolutionaries</i>:
+Shelley. Byron. Keats. Tennant. Horace
+Smith. Beddoes. Wells. Wade. Darley. Proctor.
+Landor.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_140">[Pg 140]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—The one region in which romanticism
+failed. Note prevalence of farce and “commercial”
+comedy, the vogue of Kotzebue and the German drama,
+and of melodrama, and the failure of romantic poetic
+drama. <i>Comedy</i>: O’Keefe. Colman, <i>Junr.</i> Inchbald.
+Holcroft, Tobin. Reynolds and Morton. <i>Melodrama:</i>
+Lewis. Maturin. <i>Poetic Drama</i>: Wordsworth. Coleridge.
+Baillie. Knowles. Shelley. Beddoes. Byron.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">Fiction.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Novel of Manners</i>: Edgworth. Lady
+Morgan. Austen. Mitford. <i>Scotch</i>—Galt. Ferrier. Moir.
+Picken. Wilson. <i>Irish</i>—The Banims. Griffin. Croker.
+Carleton. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Picaresque Romance</i>: T. Hope.
+Morier. <i>The New Fashionable Novel</i>—Bulwer. Disraeli.
+Lister. <i>Satire</i>—Peacock. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Romance of Terror</i>:
+Lewis. Maturin. M. W. Shelley. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Revolutionary
+Romance</i>: Godwin. Mrs. Opie. Hannah More. (<i>e</i>) <i>Historical
+Novel</i>: The Porters. Miss Lees. M. W. Shelley.
+Scott.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Johnsonian Tradition</i>:
+Jeffrey. S. Smith. Gifford. Lockhart. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Romantic
+School.</i>: Lamb. De Quincey. Wilson, Hazlitt. Hunt.
+Coleridge. Wordsworth. Carlyle.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Letter Writers.</span>—Keats. Byron. Lamb.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Satire.</span>—Frere. Gifford. Canning and light parody.
+Byron. Peacock. Shelley. More. J. and H. Smith.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Science and Philosophy</i>:
+The Herschels. Brewster. Davy. W. Smith. Bell.
+Stewart and Brown, and the “commonsense” school.
+The “association” school. (<i>b</i>) <i>Politics and Sociology</i>:
+Godwin, Cobbett, and the “democratic reformers.”
+Mill, Ricardo, and the “philosophical radicals.” Malthus.
+Mackintosh. Coleridge. (<i>c</i>) <i>Theology</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>The Liberals
+and Evangelicals</i>—Hall. Chalmers. Coleridge. Erskine.
+Irving. (<i>ii</i>) <i>The Conservatives</i>—Whately. Thirlwall.
+(<i>d</i>) <i>Historians</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>Hume’s Followers</i>—Mitford. Coxe.
+Roscoe. (<i>ii</i>) <i>Gibbon’s Followers</i>—Sharon Turner. Lingard.
+Hallam. (<i>iii</i>) <i>Military History</i>—Southey. Napier.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_141">[Pg 141]</span>(<i>e</i>) <i>Explorers and Travellers</i>: Malcolm. Park. Burckhardt.
+Parry. Hall. (<i>f</i>) <i>Biography</i>: Southey. Moore.
+Lockhart.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">Children’s Writers.</span>—Edgeworth. Lamb. J. Porter.
+Mrs. Sherwood. The Taylors. Mrs. Pilkington.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER. (<i>1745-1832</i>).</h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>
+<i>1.</i> Describe briefly the successive phases of the novel from
+Richardson to Scott.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What were the characteristics of the new romantic poetry
+from <i>1740-1780</i>; who were the chief writers?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What reasons can you offer for the poor position of the
+drama during the period <i>1740-1830</i>?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Trace the development of literary criticism from Johnson
+to Hazlitt.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> “During this period the writing of history was greatly
+advanced.” Discuss this statement.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Write a brief essay on any one of the following: Austen,
+Burns, Johnson, Crabbe, Blake.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Contrast Shelley with Byron, <i>or</i> Keats with Wordsworth.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Who wrote the following and when:—“Rasselas,” “Political
+Justice,” “Tam-o’-Shanter,” “The Task,”
+“Lyrical Ballads,” “Mrs. Battle on Whist,” “A
+Vision of Judgment”?</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Trace the development of satirical writing from <i>1745-1830</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Name the source of any five of the following quotations:</p>
+</div>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“O Sleep it is a gentle thing.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“How wonderful is Death,</div>
+<div>Death and his brother, Sleep.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Where’er we tread, t’is haunted holy ground.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“The world is a comedy to those that think,</div>
+<div>A tragedy to those who feel.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“The man recovered of the bite,</div>
+<div>The dog it was that died.”</div>
+ </blockquote>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_142">[Pg 142]</span></p>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Knowledge is of two kinds. We know a subject
+ourselves, or we know where we can find information
+on it.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“The child is father to the man.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“I stood tip-toe on a little hill.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Here’s to the maiden of bashful fifteen,</div>
+<div>Here’s to the widow of fifty.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+<blockquote class="interlinear">
+<div>“Nobody is on my side.... Nobody feels for my poor
+nerves.”</div>
+</blockquote>
+
+<h4 class="center"><i>Lesson 5 (1832-1920).</i></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Part I.</span>—<span class="smcap">The Age of Tennyson</span> (<i>1832-1870</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—This was an age of rapid change, and many
+events call for remark. Note especially the transcendental
+movement and its effects in England and America, the spread
+of democratic government, the raise of nationalism in Europe
+and its results on English poetry, the deep feeling for the
+working classes expressed in the Chartists and Christian
+Socialist movements, the Oxford Movement, the growth of
+commercial enterprise, the conventional outlook of the middle
+classes and the succeeding Pre-Raphaelite revolt, the beginnings
+of popular education and its effect on the reading public,
+especially in the development of magazines and newspapers,
+and also the cumulative effect of the new science on poetry,
+philosophy, history, and general outlook.</p>
+
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—As in the last age literature is abundant,
+the only weak section being the drama. In poetry and speculation
+the tendency is away from the hopeful expectations
+of the revolutionaries. Doubt and often despair is the note
+commonly struck. The old foundations are being undermined
+and man is seen to be not the easily perfectible animal he was
+thought to be. In work of a less philosophical character, the
+increased material prosperity of the middle classes tends towards
+conventionality, and the renewed interest in the past
+to imitative forms. The beginnings of the revolt occur in the
+fifties but it does not fully realise itself until the next period.
+In addition to the meditative element, narrative and lyric
+poetry are well represented. The most important event is the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_143">[Pg 143]</span>rise of the novel to the first place among literary forms. One
+must also notice the beginnings of the short story, the development
+of the literary lecture, and the popularity of the long
+essay, the new literary criticism and critical biography, and
+the rise of the scientific treatise to real literary rank. History
+is still chiefly “literary,” but there are tentative attempts at a
+philosophy of history and the beginnings of an application of
+scientific method to history.</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Intellectual Movement</i>: Browning.
+Tennyson. Arnold. Clough. Fitzgerald. Bailey. Horne.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>The Pre-Raphaelites</i>: The Rossettis. De Tabley.
+Morris. Patmore. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Spasmodics</i>: Dobell. Alex.
+Smith. (<i>d</i>) <i>Religious Verse</i>: Keble. Newman. Hawker.
+Faber. Williams. Neale. C. Rossetti. (<i>e</i>) <i>Ballad Writers</i>:
+Tennyson. Browning. Macaulay. Aytoun. Barham.
+Hawker. Ingelow. Massey. F. H. Doyle. A. L. Gordon.
+(<i>f</i>) <i>Vers de Socitete</i>: Praed. Milnes. Locker-Lampson.
+(<i>g</i>) <i>Political Poetry</i>: Cooper. Loft. (<i>h</i>) <i>Wit and Humour</i>:
+Barham. Hood. Blanchard. Calderley. J. K. Stephen.
+Aytoun. Lear. (<i>i</i>) <i>The Celts</i>: Mangan. De Vere. Darley.
+(<i>j</i>) <i>The Ladies</i>: Browning. Rossetti. E. Bronte. Ingelow.
+Proctor. L.E.L. (<i>k</i>) <i>Dialect Writers</i>: Motherwell.
+Barnes.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Poetic Drama</i>: Browning. Beddoes.
+Knowles. Planché. De Vere. Sir H. Taylor. Lytton.
+Horne. (<i>b</i>) <i>Melodrama</i>: Boucicault. Tom Taylor. Wills.
+Jerrold. Poole. (<i>c</i>) <i>Farce and Comedy</i>: Brooks. H. J.
+Byron. Reade. Robertson. Gilbert.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Historical Romance</i>: Ainsworth. James.
+Lytton. Grant. Thackeray. Kingsley. Reade. (<i>b</i>)
+<i>Domestic Romance</i>: Warren. Wood. Craik. Yonge.
+Reade. (<i>c</i>) <i>Society Romance</i>: Lytton. Disraeli. (<i>d</i>)
+<i>The Novel of Manners</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>English</i>—Dickens. Thackeray.
+The <span class="err" title="original: Brontes">Brontës</span>. Gaskell. Kingsley. Eliot. Meredith.
+Trollope. (<i>ii</i>) <i>Scotch</i>—Oliphant. Macdonald. (<i>iii</i>) <i>Irish</i>—Carleton.
+Maginn. Mahony. Lover. Lever. (<i>e</i>) <i>Romance
+of Adventure, etc.</i>: Marryat. Whyte-Melville. Borrow.
+Collins. (<i>f</i>) <i>Children’s Writers</i>: M. Scott. Hughes.
+Kingsley. Carroll. Gatty. Rands. H. Martineau.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_144">[Pg 144]</span></p>
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Literary Biography</i>: Carlyle.
+Lockhart. Stanley. Lewes. Forster. (<i>b</i>) <i>Johnsonian
+Tradition</i>: Jeffrey. Wilson. Lockhart. (<i>c</i>) <i>Romantic
+School</i>: Carlyle. Hunt. De Quincey. Macaulay. Wilson.
+Froude. (<i>d</i>) <i>The New Victorian School</i>: Ruskin.
+Thackeray. Rossetti. Arnold. Swinburne. (<i>e</i>) <i>The
+Miscellaneous Essay</i>: John Brown. The Hares. Landor.
+Helps. Rands. (<i>f</i>) <i>The New Literary Lecture</i>: Carlyle.
+Thackeray. Dickens.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Letters, Diaries, etc.</span>—Carlyle. Macaulay. Thackeray.
+Dickens. Fitzgerald.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Satire and Humour.</span>—Dickens. Thackeray. Jerrold.
+<i>See also</i> Poetry, Sec. (<i>h</i>).</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Theology</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>The Tractarians</i>—Newman.
+Keble. Pusey. (<i>ii</i>) <i>Liberals</i>—Whately.
+T. Arnold. Maurice. Thirlwall. Stanley. Church. (<i>b</i>)
+<i>Philosophy</i>: (<i>i</i>) Carlyle and transcendentalism. (<i>ii</i>)
+Hamilton, Mansel, and the “commonsense” school
+(<i>iii</i>) J. S. Mill and the utilitarians, (<i>iv</i>) H. Martineau,
+Lewes, and the Comtists. (<i>v</i>) Spencer, James Martineau.
+Buckle. Bagehot. (<i>c</i>) <i>Science</i>: Lyell. Miller. Chambers.
+Spencer. Darwin. Huxley. Wallace. <i>Scientific Travel</i>—Wallace.
+Bates. Borrow. Livingstone. Speke. Burton.
+(<i>d</i>) <i>Historians</i>: (<i>i</i>) <i>Students of Origins</i>—Kemble. Palgrave.
+Trench. Muller. (<i>ii</i>) <i>Ancient History</i>—Lewis.
+T. Arnold. Thirlwall. Grote. Finlay. Milman. (<i>iii</i>)
+<i>Literary Historians</i>—Carlyle. Macaulay. Hallam. Froude.
+Burton. (<i>iv</i>) <i>Scientific and Philosophical</i>—Buckle.
+Maine. (<i>v</i>) <i>Military history</i>—Napier. Kinglake. Kaye.
+(<i>e</i>) <i>Biographers</i>: Carlyle. <i>See also</i> Essayists, Sec. (<i>a</i>).</p>
+</div>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">American Literature</span> (<i>1830-1865</i>).</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The New Englanders</i>: Longfellow. Whittier.
+Lowell. Holmes. Emerson. Willis. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Southerners</i>:
+Poe. Lanier. Timrod. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Middle States</i>: Halleck.
+Drake. B. Taylor. Holland. Boker. Whitman.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—Bird. Smith. Conrad. Boker.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_145">[Pg 145]</span></p>
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Romancers</i>: Hawthorne. Poe.
+Kennedy. Simms. Melville. (<i>b</i>) <i>Novel of Manners</i>:
+Stowe. Winthrop. O’Brien. “Ik Marvel.” (<i>c</i>) <i>The
+Short Story</i>: Hawthorne. Poe. Cooke.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">The Humorists.</span>—(<i>a</i>) Seba Smith. Haliburton. “Josh
+Billings.” “Artemus Ward.” D. R. Locke, (<i>b</i>) Saxe.
+Leland. Whittier. Lowell. Holmes.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Essayists and Critics.</span>—Emerson. Ticknor. Poe. Lowell.
+Hudson. Willis. Tuckerman. Grant White. Whipple.
+Curtis. <i>Natural History Essay</i>: Thoreau. Burroughs.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Political Writings and Oratory.</span>—Webster. Clay.
+Choate. Phillips.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Philosophy and Religion</i>:
+Channing. Alcott. Parker. Emerson. Fuller. Thoreau.
+Bushnell. Beecher. Hopkins. (<i>b</i>) <i>History</i>: Bancroft.
+Prescott. Motley. Parkman.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> <span class="smcap">Children’s Writers.</span>—Sedgwick. Child. Warner. Finley.
+Whitney. Goodrich. Abbott. Dana.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Later Victorian and Georgian Age</span> (<i>1870-1920</i>).</h5>
+
+<p><i>Forces at Work.</i>—Amidst ever increasing complexity one
+may briefly note (<i>a</i>) The influence of British imperialism and
+commercialism, the development of dominion literature,
+and the Celtic Revival partly due to the frustration of Irish
+nationalism; (<i>b</i>) the rapid development of industry and the
+resulting increase in production and population; (<i>c</i>) the
+growth of trade unionism, the widening rift between classes
+and masses, and the resulting emphasis in literature on
+political and social abuses; (<i>d</i>) realisation of a national Education
+Act, its further development, and the subsequent
+growth of popular literature and of journalism; (<i>e</i>) the spread
+of the scientific spirit and its effects in heightening a critical
+and analytical attitude; (<i>f</i>) the influences from France,
+Russia, and Scandinavia with their trend towards crude or
+impressionistic realism and psychological analysis.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_146">[Pg 146]</span></p>
+<p><i>Literary Features.</i>—The complexity of the age favoured
+many attitudes besides realism and analysis. In poetry one
+may range from romantic lyric or narrative to “satires of
+circumstance” or “stage-door flashlights,” while the feeling
+towards new models is shown not only in choice and treatment
+of subject but in the wide experimentation in new forms of
+verse. The drama in its first stage is limited to romantic
+comedy, but after Ibsen it becomes realistic and often satirical.
+The novel rises to be the chief instrument of public expression,
+and amidst the vast output, one may note the steady stream
+of romantic, realistic, and propaganda novels, while the short
+story achieves a triumph in itself. Miscellaneous prose writers
+are prolific; the growth of journalism tends to shorten the
+literary and critical essay, but the lengthy literary biography
+has still many adherents. A prominent class is the historical,
+philosophical and scientific treatise, and with the rise of popular
+education children’s literature achieves a special place. In
+poetry, style ranges from florid Swinburne and ornate Thompson
+to the delicate silver of Bridges, while in prose there
+are masters in every style.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Later Victorian and Georgian Age</span> (<i>1870-1920</i>).</p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> <span class="smcap">Poetry.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Victorian Tradition</i>: Tennyson. Browning.
+Austin. Bridges. Blunt. Gosse. Lang. “Owen
+Meredith.” Phillips. Watts-Dunton. Beeching. Benson.
+Gale. Quiller-Couch. Carpenter. Hewlett. Flecker.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>The <span class="err" title="original: Pre-Raphaelities">Pre-Raphaelites</span></i>: Rossetti. Patmore. Morris.
+Swinburne. De Tabley. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Impressionists</i>: A.
+Symons. Dowson. Wilde. Le Gallienne. (<i>d</i>) <i>Political
+and Muscular School</i>: Henley. Watson. Kipling. Newbolt.
+Binyon. (<i>e</i>) <i>The Catholic Poets</i>: L. Johnson. F.
+Thompson. Meynell. L. Housman. Chesterton. (<i>f</i>)
+<i>Philosophic and Realistic</i>: E. Arnold. Meredith. Hardy.
+Watson. J. Thomson. Marston. Davidson. A. E.
+Housman. Gibson. Masefield. Abercrombie. Drinkwater.
+Brooke. Thomas. (<i>g</i>) <i>The New Nature Poets</i>:
+Davies. De la Mare. Hodgson. (<i>h</i>) <i>The Celts</i>: (<i>i</i>) L.
+Morris. O’Shaughnessy. De Vere. Buchanan. Shairp.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_147">[Pg 147]</span>(<i>ii</i>) Yeats. “A.E.” Jas. Stephens. Colum. Hyde.
+(<i>j</i>) <i>The Ladies</i>: (<i>i</i>) Webster. Woods. Meynell. Field.
+R. M. Watson. (<i>ii</i>) Barlow. O’Neill. Hopper. Tynan.
+Shorter. Gore-Booth. (<i>k</i>) Adlington, Flint, and the
+“Imagists.”</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> <span class="smcap">The Drama.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Poetic Drama</i>: Tennyson. Swinburne.
+Phillips. Davidson. (<i>b</i>) <i>Prose Drama</i>: (<i>i</i>) Wilde. (<i>ii</i>)
+<i>The Romantics</i>—Pinero. Jones. Grundy. Chambers.
+Carton. (<i>iii</i>) <i>The Realists</i>—Shaw. Barker. Galsworthy.
+Hankin. Cannan. Houghton. Zangwill. (<i>iv</i>) <i>The Middle
+School</i>—Barrie. Sutro. Bennett. Milne. Maugham.
+Davies. Drinkwater. (<i>v</i>) <i>The Irish Literary Theatre</i>—Yeats.
+“A.E.” Geo. Moore. Synge. Gregory. Ervine.
+Mayne.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> <span class="smcap">The Novel.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>The Realists and the Novel of Manners</i>:
+Eliot. Trollope. Reade. Meredith. Gissing. Hardy.
+Crackanthorpe. Harland. Moore. Wilde. Kipling.
+Phillpotts. Conrad. Zangwill. Wells. Bennett. Galsworthy.
+Walpole. Beresford. Lawrence. Mackenzie.
+(<i>b</i>) <i>Philosophical Novel</i>: Butler. Morris. Shorthouse.
+Shaw. Davidson. Watts-Dunton. “Mark Rutherford.”
+(<i>c</i>) <i>The Scotch Novel</i>: Macdonald. McCleod. Black.
+Munro. “Ian Maclaren.” Crockett. Stevenson. “Geo.
+Douglas.” (<i>d</i>) <i>The Romance</i>: W. Morris. Collins. Stevenson.
+Besant and Rice. Blackmore. Hudson. Haggard.
+Baring-Gould. Doyle. Kipling. Parker. G. Allen.
+Merriman. D. C. Murray. Hall Caine. Wells. “A. Hope.”
+Locke. (<i>e</i>) <i>The Ladies</i>: (<i>i</i>) Eliot. Mrs. Oliphant. Lady
+Ritchie. Mrs. Wood. Mrs. Craik. C. M. Yonge. “J. S.
+Winter.” M. E. Braddon. (<i>ii</i>) Mrs. H. Ward. “O.
+Schreiner.” Sarah Grand. “George Egerton.” B.
+Harraden. “Lucas Malet.” “Ouida.” “J. O. Hobbes.”
+“E. Robins.” May Sinclair. Kaye-Smith. (<i>f</i>) <i>Humorous
+sketch</i>: Anstey. Jerome. Jacobs. Pain. Pett Ridge.
+Lyons. Milne. Birmingham. Somerville and Ross.
+(<i>g</i>) <i>The Short Story</i>: Hardy. Kipling. Doyle. Bennett.
+Wells. Zangwill.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_148">[Pg 148]</span></p>
+<p><i>4.</i> <span class="smcap">Essay and Criticism.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Literary Criticism</i>: M. Arnold.
+J. Brown. L. Stephen. W. E. Henley. J. A. Symonds.
+A. Lang. E. V. Lucas. G. K. Chesterton. G. B. Shaw.
+Garnett. Gosse. “Q.” Archer. Clutton-Brock. Nevinson.
+Harrison. (<i>b</i>) <i>Art Criticism</i>: Ruskin. Pater.
+Wilde. Wedmore (<i>c</i>) <i>Literary Essay</i>: Stevenson.
+Jefferies. Pater. Carpenter. Bain. Paget. A. C. Benson.
+Squire. (<i>d</i>) <i>Literary Biography</i>: Forster. Masson.
+Smiles. Oliphant. L. Stephen. Pattison. Morley.
+(<i>e</i>) <i>Letters and diaries</i>: Swinburne. Stevenson. Brooke.
+Cory. “Barbellion.”</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> <span class="smcap">Study and Research.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Religion and Philosophy</i>:
+(<i>i</i>) Lewes. Eliot. H. Martineau. Congreve and the
+positivists. (<i>ii</i>) Spencer. Darwin, Huxley, and the evolutionists
+(<i>iii</i>) Jowett, T. H. Green, Caird and the Neo-Hegelians.
+(<i>iv</i>) Newman, Church, Martineau, and the
+theologians. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Scientists</i>: Darwin. Wallace.
+Huxley. (<i>c</i>) <i>Travel</i>: A. B. Edwardes. Stanley. Stevenson.
+Burnaby. Isabella Bird. M. Kingsley. (<i>d</i>) <i>The
+Historians</i>: (<i>i</i>) Buckle. Maine. Bagehot. Pearson.
+Seeley. Acton. Lecky. Maitland. and the philosophical
+school. (<i>ii</i>) Froude. Freeman. Stubbs. J. R. Green.
+Creighton. Gardiner, and the Oxford school. (<i>iii</i>) Kinglake.
+Henderson, and the military historians.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> <span class="smcap">Children’s Writers.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>English</i>: Stephenson. Ewing.
+Carroll. Lear. Parry. Farrow. Nesbit. Lucas. Kipling.
+Barrie. Henty. Fenn, etc. (<i>b</i>) <i>American</i>: Stowe. Hawthorne.
+Alcott. “Mark Twain.” Harris. Field. Ryley.
+Coffin. Stockton. Pyle. Ellis. Burnett.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> <span class="smcap">American Literature.</span>—(<i>a</i>) <i>Poetry</i>: T. B. Aldrich.
+J. Miller. R. W. Gilder. J. W. Ryley. E. C. Stedman.
+R. H. Stoddard. R. Hovey. (<i>b</i>) <i>The Drama</i>: Howells.
+Daly. Fitch. Howard. The Mackayes. (<i>c</i>) <i>The Novel</i>:
+H. James. W. D. Howells. G. W. Cable. J. L. Allen.
+E. P. Roe. F. M. Crawford. L. Wallace. J. London.
+F. Norris. E. Wharton. (<i>d</i>) <i>The Essayists</i>: C. E. Norton.
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_149">[Pg 149]</span>T. W. Higginson. M. W. Conway. E. C. Stedman. H.
+James. G. W. Curtis. H. W. Mabie. E. More. (<i>e</i>) <i>The
+Humorous Sketch and Story</i>: “Mark Twain.” “Bret
+Harte.” Ambrose Bierce. “Max Adeler.” “Bill Nye.”
+H. Ade. F. P. Dunne. C. G. Leland. “O. Henry.”
+(<i>f</i>) <i>Religion and Philosophy</i>: Gladden. Brooks. Fiske.
+Pierce. Schaff. MacCosh. Royce. W. James. Dewey.
+Baldwin. G. Santanyana. (<i>g</i>) <i>Historians</i>: Lea. Bancroft.
+Mahan.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST PAPER (<i>1832-1920</i>)</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Who were the Pre-Raphaelites? What was their literary
+attitude?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline the history of the drama from Robertson to Barker.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> In what respects do Hardy and Meredith agree and differ
+as poets and as novelists?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Compare Whitman with Swinburne, or Tennyson with
+Browning.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Write a brief essay on the cult of the short story from
+Irving to O. Henry.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Show the development of realism either in poetry or prose
+fiction from <i>1870</i>.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Name three American and three English humorists. Compare
+the work of any two of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Write brief notes on any three of the following: Macaulay,
+Jas. Thomson, Sir W. Watson, O. W. Holmes, E. Fitzgerald.
+W. B. Yeats, J. Conrad, H. G. Wells.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> What do you know of the following: “Eothen,” “Erewhon,”
+“The Hound of Heaven,” “Vailima Letters,”
+“A Shropshire Lad.”</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Compare Dickens and Thackeray as satirists.</p>
+</div>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop">
+<div class="chapter"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_150">[Pg 150]</span></p>
+
+
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_SIX_LIBRARY_AND_MUSEUM_LEGISLATION">COURSE SIX: LIBRARY AND MUSEUM LEGISLATION,
+ORGANISATION AND EQUIPMENT.</h2></div>
+
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>American Library Association—Manual of library economy.
+<i>Reprints. Chaps. 1-32, A.L.A.; also Grafton, 1s. 6d.
+each.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick (A. E.)—The American Public Library. <i>3rd edition
+revised and enlarged. Appleton, 1923. 12s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Manual of library economy. <i>Library Supply,
+1907 edition; 3rd and memorial edition by W. C. B.
+Sayers. Grafton, 1919. 30s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.) <i>and others</i>. Open-access libraries. <i>Grafton,
+1915. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fovargue (H. W.)—Summary of the law relating to public
+libraries in England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland.
+<i>Grafton, 1922. 2s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck (G. E.) <i>and</i> Thorne (W. B.)—A primer of library
+practice. <i>Grafton, 1914. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sanderson (C. R.)—“Library Law.” <i>Bumpus, 1925. 6s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Library and Museum Legislation.</span></p>
+
+<p>The first part of this section must be carefully studied and
+I advise all students to thoroughly understand Sanderson’s
+“Library Law.” It is essential to possess a detailed knowledge
+of the English, Scottish and Irish Acts of Parliament relating
+to Public Libraries and Museums. The Public Libraries Act,
+<i>1919</i>, the Public Libraries (Scotland) Act, <i>1920</i>, The Public
+Libraries (Ireland) Act, <i>1920</i>, The Public Libraries (Northern
+Ireland) Act, <i>1924</i> and the Irish Free State Local Government
+Act, <i>1925</i> must be carefully read, and students should keep to
+British legislation until able to say exactly what may be done
+under the Acts and able to give dates and title of the Acts for
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_151">[Pg 151]</span>particular powers. Note particularly Irish legislation (Sanderson,
+<i>pp. 40-41</i>). In conjunction with Sanderson’s work
+read the reports issued by the Carnegie United Kingdom
+Trustees. They include the Annual Reports from <i>1914</i> to date.
+Library provision and policy, by W. G. S. Adams, <i>1915</i>. Proceedings
+of the Carnegie Rural Library Conference, <i>1920</i>.
+Stirling Conference Report: Extension to Burgh and Parish
+Library areas, <i>1923</i>. The Public Library System of Great
+Britain and Ireland (<i>1921-1923</i>), <i>1924</i>, and the County Library
+Conference, <i>1924</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Having obtained a thorough grounding from the above
+authorities the Reading List may now be commenced. For
+criticism on the <i>1919</i> Act consult the <i>L.A. Vol. 15, 1920-21,
+pp. 5-7; 118-124; 135-137. L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp.
+333-338 (Scotland), and L.W. Vol. 22, 1919-1926, pp.
+330-333.</i></p>
+
+<p>For county rural libraries Gray’s County library systems,
+and Macleod’s County rural libraries covers all the ground
+necessary to the student.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—Public libraries under the new Act (<i>1919</i>). <i>Fortnightly
+Review. February, 1921, pp. 321-333.</i></p>
+
+<p>Boose—Constitution of Colonial public libraries. <i>L. Vol.
+6, 1894, pp. 391-401.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Sects.
+1-18. 1919 edition. Sects. 1-18.</i></p>
+
+<p>Drury—The library and its organization. <i>Classics of
+American Librarianship. Wilson: New York, 1924,
+pp. 131-155; 263-339. County Libraries, pp. 343-377.</i></p>
+
+<p>Encyclopædia Britannica.—Articles: <i>Libraries. Museums.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fovargue—Summary of law relating to public libraries in
+England and Wales, Scotland and Ireland. <i>Revised
+edition, 1922.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gray—County library systems: their history, organisation
+and administration. <i>The Coptic Series. Grafton, 1922,
+pp. 11-125.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_152">[Pg 152]</span></p>
+<p>Johnston—The Education (Scotland) Act, <i>1918</i> and public
+library development. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 92-97.</i></p>
+
+<p>Macleod—County rural libraries: their policy and organisation.
+<i>Grafton, 1923, 10s. 6d., pp. 31-76; 88-109.</i></p>
+
+<p>Macleod—County library law. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp.
+309-321.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Exemption of libraries from rates and taxes. <i>L.
+(N.S.). Vol. 3, 1902, pp. 256-260.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Public libraries and museums. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 5,
+1903, pp. 261-269.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck and Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>Grafton,
+1914, pp. 11-28; 149-182.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sanderson—Library law: a text book for the professional
+examinations in library organisation. <i>Bumpus, 1925.
+6s., pp 15-67, 125-147.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—Nationalisation of public libraries. <i>In Librarians’
+Guide, 1923, pp. 9-13.</i></p>
+
+<p>Statutes relating to public libraries and museums, <i>1798-1898</i>.
+<i>L.A. Year Book, 1899-1907.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stearns—How to organise State Library Commissions.
+<i>L.J. Vol. 24, 1899. Conference Number, Chaps. 16-18,
+also in Drury’s Library and its organisation; pp. 287-292.</i></p>
+
+<p>Superannuation. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp. 339-342.</i></p>
+
+<p>Superannuation, by S. Lord. <i>N.A.L.G.O. Offices, 1922,
+14 page pamphlet.</i></p>
+
+<p>Third Interim Report of the Adult Education Committee
+... on Libraries and Museums.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions</span>:</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Mention current acts of legislation, other than Library
+Acts, which have direct bearing on libraries, museums
+and art galleries.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Name the places where there is no fixed limit to the
+rate that may be levied for library purposes, and show
+the effect of this absence of limitation.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_153">[Pg 153]</span></p>
+<p><i>3.</i> Compare the library legislation of South Africa with
+that of Australia.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What Act authorises the library authority to make
+bye-laws, and for what purpose?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What are the main provisions of the State Library Laws
+of the United States?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Write a brief essay (500 words) on County Rural Library
+Law.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Committee, Finance, Staff.</span></p>
+
+<p>Possessing a good knowledge of the powers conferred by
+the Acts the student must now pay special attention to the
+powers and duties of Library Committees; committee routine,
+accounts, and the provisions for loans and rates. Take particular
+care that the permissive and compulsory powers are
+thoroughly understood. Audit, annual budgets and financial
+factors affecting the buildings, books, salaries, etc., of the
+library services should be carefully considered and definite
+decisions and figures memorised. The qualifications and duties
+of librarians and assistants, and a knowledge of the facilities
+available for the training of assistants, both in England and
+America is also necessary. The statistics of our large
+public libraries relating to finance, etc., as given in the
+Librarian’s Guide and the Carnegie United Kingdom Trustee
+reports should be compared and studied.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Ballinger—Constitution of public library committees. <i>L.
+Vol. 7, 1895, pp. 1-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>3rd edition,
+revised and enlarged, 1923, pp. 201-214.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Sects.
+19-103; 483-484. 1919 edition. Sects. 19-98.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fegan—Some thoughts on professional training. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 237-242.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_154">[Pg 154]</span></p>
+<p>Hetherington—Library statistics. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 1-16; 280-284.</i></p>
+
+<p>Guppy—The librarian’s equipment. <i>L.A. Vol. 6, 1903,
+pp. 66-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Law—Committee work. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+127-129.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lucas—On the delegation of powers to library committees.
+<i>L.A.R., 1904, pp. 388-393.</i></p>
+
+<p>McCall.—Library finance. <i>L.A. Vol. 16, 1922, pp. 24-28;
+38-40.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Education and training for librarianship. <i>L.A.
+Vol. 17, 1924, pp. 236-242.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neesham—Cash receipts and petty cash. <i>L.W. Vol. 10,
+1907-8, pp. 248-251.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neesham—Committee work. <i>L.W. Vol. 10, 1907-8, pp.
+351-353.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pacy—Borrowing and rating powers under the Public
+Libraries Acts. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1899, pp. 132-136.</i></p>
+
+<p>Piper—Technical training in librarianship in England and
+abroad. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 332-351.</i></p>
+
+<p>Prideaux—Professional registration and education. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 1-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Robinson—Public finance. <i>Camb. Univ. Press. 5s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice, <i>pp. 29-45;
+139-148.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ross—Technical training in librarianship in England and
+abroad. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp, 99-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sanderson—Summary of library law. <i>pp. 68-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Past and present professional training. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 585-596.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Library finance. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 17-29.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—Library assistants and the future. <i>L.A. Vol. 14,
+1918, pp. 184-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wright—Some principles of rural library economy. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 23, 1920-21, pp. 537-540.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_155">[Pg 155]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What records should a librarian keep so as to be able
+to show the receipts and expenditure under the chief
+heads? Give suggested rulings.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Discuss the advantages to be gained by having co-opted
+members on the Libraries Committee.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What advantages would be likely to follow if all County
+Councils carried out the duties of library authorities?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Write an imaginary agenda for a public library committee
+meeting.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Compare the British system of training for librarianship
+with that of the United States.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> A public library service has an income of £20,000.
+Tabulate the percentage you would devote under the
+various heads.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Buildings and Fittings.</span></p>
+
+<p>This lesson is intended to enable the student to obtain a
+thorough grasp of the theory and principles of library architecture.
+The class of library required, its scope and size, the
+amount of money available, the environment, experience of
+the librarian and the method of administration intended are
+all factors that require careful consideration when planning
+a new library building. Great care must also be taken in
+selecting or accepting a site. Full factors in the planning of the
+various departments, together with the correct type of fittings
+and furniture, should be known to all students. I advise
+students to visit as many libraries as possible that are organised
+and administered on the most modern method of
+library science and to compare them. The factors on population
+in relation to buildings, spacing and cubical contents required
+for planning, and the miscellaneous percentages pertaining
+to the organisation of a library service found on pages <i>165-8</i>
+should be practised and memorised. <i>The Builder</i> should be
+looked through for specifications and competitions and these
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_156">[Pg 156]</span>should be compared with those suggested by Champneys,
+Soule, Marks and others. The influence of the “open
+access” method of administration on planning, fittings and
+furniture must never be overlooked.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Adams—Public libraries: their buildings and equipment.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 161-177 and 220-236.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>3rd edition
+revised and enlarged, 1923, pp. 282-311.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Sect.
+104-169; pp. 481-2; 485-8. 1919 edition. Sect. 107-173.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown <i>and others</i>—Open-access libraries. <i>Grafton, 1915,
+pp. 11-104.</i></p>
+
+<p>Burgoyne—Library construction, architecture and fittings,
+and furniture. <i>The Library Series. Allen, 1906. O.P.
+Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Burgoyne—Some points in library planning. <i>Greenwood’s
+L.Y.B., 1900-01, pp. 12-20.</i></p>
+
+<p>Champneys—Public libraries: a treatise on their design,
+construction and fittings. <i>Batsford, 1907, 12s. 6d.,
+pp. 1-60; 61-151.</i></p>
+
+<p>Coulson—Situation of branch libraries. <i>L.W. Vol. 12,
+1909-10, pp. 201-4.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenhough—Ventilation, heating and lighting. <i>L. Vol. 2,
+1890, pp. 421-433.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hadley—Library buildings. Notes and plans. <i>Amer. Lib.
+Assoc., Chicago. Grafton, 17s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hare—Some suggestions on the planning of public libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 148-154.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hart—Heating, lighting and ventilation. <i>Greenwoods Y.B.,
+1897, p. 38.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lowe—The public library building plan. <i>1924.</i></p>
+
+<p>MacLeod—County rural libraries, <i>pp. 120-130</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_157">[Pg 157]</span></p>
+<p>Marks—The principles of planning. <i>Chap. Library planning.</i></p>
+
+<p>Philip—Lighting, heating and ventilation of libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 225-230.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library. <i>The English Library,
+pp. 78-116 and Appendix 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Soule—How to plan a library building for library work.
+<i>Boston, 1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stansbury—Library buildings from a librarian’s standpoint.
+<i>P.L. November, 1906, p. 495.</i></p>
+
+<p>Tilton—Scientific library planning. <i>L.J. September, 1912,
+p. 497.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walter—Interior decoration of libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 10,
+1908, pp. 649-659.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Plan a combined children’s open-access lending library
+and reading room to accommodate <i>120</i> children at
+a time, with <i>2</i> assistants on duty.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Tabulate the features or essentials you would look for
+in selecting a site for a public library.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give a specification of the principal items of furniture
+required for a library estimated to cost £20,000.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe three different varieties of adjustable shelving;
+state which you would like the best and why.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Name the principal conditions which should govern an
+architectural competition for a Central library building
+to cost £50,000.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Write a brief essay on the organisation and equipment
+of a combined reference library and reading room for
+business men.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Book-buying and Accession Methods.</span></p>
+
+<p>A knowledge of book purchase and accession methods
+is necessary in organising and administering a library
+service. The sources of supply, and the names of the different
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_158">[Pg 158]</span>classes of publishers and booksellers should be known to all
+students. The steps to be taken in purchasing, say, 10,000
+volumes, and what classes of books to buy second-hand should
+be carefully considered. Get acquainted with the methods of
+treating donations, and the principles governing the replacement
+of withdrawals should be known. Constant revision of
+stock is necessary in all libraries and advantage should be
+taken of the special opportunity which is presented whenever
+a new catalogue is contemplated. Note the difference between
+“reprints” and “new editions.” The recognised rules and
+principles on what to withdraw or discard should be carefully
+read.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Aldred—Book selection and rejection. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 3,
+1901, pp. 143-156.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Book selection. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 17-29.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—Gift horses. <i>L.A.R. Vol 11, 1909, pp. 422-423.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—American Public Library. <i>3rd edition, pp.
+148-161.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Book selection. <i>L.W. Vol. 26, 1923-24, pp. 98-104.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition. Sects.
+215-235; 489-495. 1919 edition, Sects. 207-229.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clarke—Scientific text-books, and the disposal of editions
+out-of-date. <i>L. Vol. 6, 1894, pp. 164-169.</i></p>
+
+<p>Doubleday—Weeding out. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 327-335.</i></p>
+
+<p>Duncan—Standardization in accession methods. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 9, 1906-07, pp. 83-87.</i></p>
+
+<p>Formby—Donations. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 197-202.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hooper—Order and accession department. <i>Preprint of
+A.L.A. Manual of Lib. Economy. Chap. 17, Passim.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lord—Notes on book-buying for libraries. <i>L.J. 1907, pp.
+3, 56.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_159">[Pg 159]</span></p>
+<p>Neesham—Accession methods. <i>L.W. Vol. 8, 1906, pp.
+317-320.</i></p>
+
+<p>Palmer—Relationships of publishers, booksellers and
+librarians. <i>L.J., 1901. Conference Number, p. 31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt—Practical accession work. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp.
+68-71.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 40-50.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Recording, replacing and disposal of worn-out
+books. <i>L.W. Vol. 4. 1901-02, pp. 91-93.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Name twenty-five “quick-reference” books.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Describe how you would keep up-to-date with new
+editions in the scientific and technical sections.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Is a stock register best kept on cards or in book form?
+Give your views on this matter.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What books are periodically discarded in a lending
+department? What steps would you take in purchasing
+at one time books to the value of £2,000?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Rules and Regulations.</span></p>
+
+<p>The popularity of a public library used to be conditioned
+by its rules and regulations, but during recent years
+utility has taken the place of hard and fast rules. The student
+should read the rules of early libraries, understand their principles
+and compare them with present day rules. The legal
+aspect of all sides of the library service must also be known and
+what powers are available for enforcement of penalties, etc.
+The number of hours the different departments are open to
+the public, holiday opening, duration of vacation for the staffs,
+age limits to Juvenile and Senior departments, periods of loans,
+etc., should be known to all assistants who wish to become
+qualified and efficient in their work.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_160">[Pg 160]</span></p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Barnett—Sunday labour in public libraries. <i>Greenwood’s
+Year Book, 1897, pp. 102-106.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1907 edition, Sects.
+353-382; 506-509. 1919 edition, Sects. 348-375.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—The small library. <i>The English Library, pp. 139-148.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown and others—Open-access libraries, <i>pp. 179-198</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Clark—Care of books. <i>2nd edition. Camb. Univ. Press,
+1902. 24s. Useful for early rules.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dana—Library primer. <i>pp. 122-139.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Memoirs of libraries. <i>2 vols. Early rules.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fry—Fines and other penalties. <i>L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15,
+pp. 1-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Farrow—Rules and regulations for lending libraries. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp. 36-41.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenwood—Sunday opening of public libraries. <i>In his
+Year Book, 1894, pp. 458-470.</i></p>
+
+<p>Johnston—The replacement of “infected” books. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 4, 1901-02, pp. 6-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Local Government Board—Draft rules. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 5,
+1903, pp. 28-30.</i></p>
+
+<p>Mathews—Public library bye-laws and regulations. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 279-289.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sanderson—Library law, <i>pp. 117-122.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library, <i>pp. 78-100.</i></p>
+
+<p>Shaw <i>and others</i>—Sunday opening of libraries. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 580-584. Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 79-88.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Notification of infectious disease and the public
+library. <i>L.W. Vol. 2, 1899-1900, pp. 89-91.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What rule or rules would you include in your bye-laws,
+if you wish to obtain exemption from the payment of
+rates?</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_161">[Pg 161]</span></p>
+<p><i>2.</i> Make a comparison of the early rules in libraries with
+those of to-day.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> State what steps you would take to obtain the return
+of a book long overdue, and what power you have for
+the enforcement of payment of the fines?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Discuss the pros and cons of Sunday opening of reading
+rooms.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> If you saw a person cutting an advertisement from a
+newspaper in the reading room, what action would
+you take?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Give the dimensions of tables, chairs and newspaper
+stands or wall stands for a general reading room.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Give a brief account of the Public Libraries Act of <i>1919</i>.
+What amendments or additions would you suggest in
+order to improve the Municipal Library System of
+England?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline the legislation of the United States and state
+how it differs from English legislation.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Assume that a library is free from debt and that the
+income from the rates and other sources amounts to
+£20,000, state under the usual main headings how
+you would allocate the expenditure.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> A library authority wishes to raise a loan of £50,000 for
+the building of a library. State the Act or Acts it must
+work under, the period for the repayment of the loan,
+and the general procedure in connection with obtaining
+loans.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Draw a plan of a library, on one floor, to serve a population
+of 100,000 showing what departments you consider
+essential, and giving the area you would
+allocate to each.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_162">[Pg 162]</span></p>
+<p><i>6.</i> State what size you would have the book-cases; what
+gangway space between each stack, and your method
+of dealing with oversize books in a large open access
+library.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Name the ten best guides to book selection.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> State how you would proceed to select the nucleus stock
+for a library.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Draft a set of rules for a lending library.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Draft twelve rules for the juvenile lending library.</p>
+
+<p><i>11.</i> If a person wished to become a borrower, but worked
+and lived outside the library district, under what
+conditions could you accept his application?</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3>FACTORS AND NOTES RELATING TO LIBRARY AND
+MUSEUM LEGISLATION, ORGANISATION AND
+EQUIPMENT.</h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Principal Acts of Parliament affecting Public
+Libraries.</span></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li><i>1843</i>—Scientific Societies Exemption Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1855</i>—Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1861</i>—Malicious Injuries to Property Consolidation and
+Amendment (England and Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1875</i>—Public Health Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1877</i>—Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1885</i>—Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1887</i>—Public Libraries Consolidation (Scotland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1887</i>—Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland)
+Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1891</i>—Museums and Gymnasiums Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1892</i>—Public Libraries Consolidation and Amendment Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1893</i>—Public Libraries Amendment Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1894</i>—Public Libraries Amendment and Consolidation (Scotland)
+Act.</li>
+
+<li><span class="pagenum" id="Page_163">[Pg 163]</span>
+
+<i>1894</i>—Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1894</i>—Local Government Act (England and Wales).</li>
+
+<li><i>1898</i>—Libraries Offences Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1899</i>—Public Libraries Amendment (Scotland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1899</i>—Local Government Act (Metropolitan Boroughs).</li>
+
+<li><i>1901</i>—Public Libraries Museums and Gymnasiums Amendment
+Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1902</i>—Public Libraries Amendment (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1911</i>—Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1918</i>—Education Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1919</i>—Public Libraries Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1920</i>—Public Libraries (Scotland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1920</i>—Public Libraries (Ireland) Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1920</i>—Blind Persons Act.</li>
+
+<li><i>1924</i>—Public Libraries Act (Northern Ireland).</li>
+
+<li><i>1925</i>—Irish Free State Local Government Act.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">First Towns in Great Britain and Ireland to Adopt
+the Public Libraries Act.</span></p>
+ <ul>
+<li><i>1848</i>—Warrington.</li>
+
+<li><i>1849</i>—Salford.</li>
+
+<li><i>1850</i>—Brighton, Norwich.</li>
+
+<li><i>1851</i>—Winchester.</li>
+
+<li><i>1852</i>—Bolton, Liverpool, Manchester, Oxford.</li>
+
+<li><i>1853</i>—Airdrie, Cambridge, Ipswich, Sheffield.</li>
+
+<li><i>1855</i>—Hertford, Maidstone.</li>
+
+<li><i>1856</i>—Birkenhead, Dundalk, Westminster.</li>
+
+<li><i>1857</i>—Leamington, Walsall.</li>
+
+<li><i>1858</i>—Canterbury.</li>
+</ul>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Committees.</span></p>
+
+<p>Most of the Committees are composed partly of the members
+of the local Council and partly of co-opted members who are
+not on the Council, the Council generally being represented
+by <i>66%</i>, with the exception of Scotland, where Committees
+are, by law, half and half. The average constitution of a
+committee is <i>16</i> but some range from <i>6</i> to <i>40</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_164">[Pg 164]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Loans.</span></p>
+
+<p>The Ministry of Health determine the period for which
+sums of money for particular purposes may be borrowed.
+The periods usually are:&nbsp;—</p>
+
+ <ul>
+<li>For sites or lands <i>65</i> or <i>50</i> years.</li>
+<li>For buildings (with fixtures), <i>30</i> years.</li>
+<li>For books, <i>10</i> years.</li>
+<li>For furniture (movable only), <i>10</i> years.</li>
+ </ul>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Estimate of Annual Expenditure for British Municipal
+Libraries, with and without Loans.</span></p>
+
+<table>
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>With<br> Loans. </td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Without<br> Loans.</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">Salaries and Wages</td>
+
+<td><i>40</i></td>
+<td>&nbsp;</td><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>45</i> </td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">Books</td>
+
+<td><i>14</i> </td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>18</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>New </td>
+<td><i>10</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>12</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr>
+<td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Old </td>
+ <td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Replacements</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="4">Periodicals and Newspapers</td>
+
+<td><i>6</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>6</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">Binding</td>
+
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>5</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4">Buildings</td>
+
+<td><i>12</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>14</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Heating</td>
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Lighting</td>
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>4</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Fittings and Repairs</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Cleaning</td>
+
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Insurance</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">Establishment</td>
+
+<td><i>6</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>9</i></td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Stationery and Printing</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>5</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Postages</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td>&nbsp;</td>
+<td>Rates</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>3</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td></tr>
+
+<tr><td colspan="4">National Insurance</td>
+
+<td><i>1</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>1</i></td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4">Loans</td>
+
+<td><i>15</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="tdl">—</td></tr>
+<tr><td colspan="4">Miscellaneous</td>
+
+<td><i>2</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td><i>2</i></td></tr>
+<tr>
+<td colspan="4">&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="bt bb"><i>100</i></td>
+<td colspan="2">&nbsp;</td>
+<td class="bt bb"><i>100</i></td></tr>
+</table>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_165">[Pg 165]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Staff.</span></p>
+
+<p>The number of librarians and assistants employed in
+British Municipal Libraries is considerably over <i>4,000</i>. The
+percentage of males is <i>55%</i>. Our largest staffs are in Liverpool
+and Glasgow libraries (over <i>200</i> each) followed by Manchester
+and Birmingham with over <i>150</i> and <i>100</i> respectively. Bradford,
+Bristol, Cardiff, Leeds, have each over <i>50</i> staff, and Bolton,
+Brighton, Edinburgh, Newcastle-on-Tyne and Sheffield have
+staffs ranging from <i>30</i> to <i>50</i>.</p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Staff Hours.</span></p>
+
+<p>The average number of hours worked by the staffs in our
+larger libraries is <i>42</i> weekly.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Miscellaneous Percentages pertaining to the
+Organization of a Library Service.</span></p>
+
+<p>When a town has adopted the Public Libraries Acts it is
+possible, by taking the population as a basis, to form an idea of
+the requirements necessary to meet the demands that will
+probably be made upon the service.</p>
+
+<p>A careful survey of the statistics of over <i>500</i> British
+Municipal Libraries results in the following figures. The total
+percentage of inhabitants who will make use of the Lending
+Department is <i>8</i>%; the Reference Department, ¼%; and the
+Reading Room, <i>1</i>¼%.</p>
+
+<p>As an example of the working of these percentages for a
+town of 100,000 inhabitants the following results are
+obtained:—</p>
+
+<p>The Lending Department must cater for <i>8</i>% (<i>8,000</i>) of the
+population. We can assume that each borrower will read
+<i>28</i> books per annum. Thus we would have an annual issue
+of <i>224,000</i>. If we assume that the Department is open <i>307</i>
+days in the year we would have a daily average of <i>730</i>. The
+Library would be open <i>11</i> to <i>12</i> hours daily giving us an
+hourly average of from <i>60</i> to <i>66</i>. Experience has proved that
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_166">[Pg 166]</span>more borrowers are present at one time in the evenings and if
+we allow <i>40</i>% extra to the hourly average attendance we get
+the number present of from <i>84</i> to <i>92</i>. By allowing <i>25</i> square
+feet for each reader, the total floor space required would be
+from <i>2,100</i> to <i>2,300</i> square feet; or, an area <i>55</i> feet by <i>40</i> feet
+would admirably meet these requirements.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Reference Library.</span></p>
+
+<p>¼% (<i>250</i>) of the population will use the Reference Department
+daily. Using the above factors we would have an hourly
+average attendance of <i>20</i>, and allowing for crowded periods
+and <i>25</i> square feet for each reader we would require an area of
+<i>700</i> square feet; or, a room <i>28</i> feet by <i>25</i> feet.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Reading Room.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>1</i>¼% (<i>1,250</i>) of the population will make use of the
+Reading Room daily. Using the given factors we would have
+to provide accommodation for <i>144</i> readers present at one time.
+Allow <i>18</i> square feet for each reader, and we require an area
+of <i>2,592</i> square feet; or a room about <i>60</i> feet by <i>44</i> feet.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Juvenile Department.</span></p>
+
+<p>About <i>500</i> square feet will be ample accommodation for
+this Department in a town of this size.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Lecture Rooms.</span></p>
+
+<p>Attendances vary so much here that it is impossible to
+secure reliable figures. For a popular lecture room in a town of
+<i>100,000</i> inhabitants upwards of <i>400</i> would have to be accommodated,
+and allowing <i>7</i> square feet for each person including
+platform, gangway, etc., we would require an area of <i>2,800</i>
+square feet; or, a room <i>40</i> feet by <i>70</i> feet.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Furniture and Fittings.</span></p>
+
+<p>The greater part of the fittings and furniture of public
+libraries are made of wood. Oak is the kind most used, but
+walnut and mahogany are very satisfactory for book-cases,
+tables and card cabinets.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_167">[Pg 167]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Book Cases.</span></p>
+
+<p>The chief requirements of book-shelving are accessibility
+and adjustability. The best material for book-stacks is undoubtedly
+fumed oak. An oak book-stack <i>10</i> feet <i>10</i> inches in
+length, <i>1</i> foot <i>4</i> inches in breadth and <i>6</i> feet <i>10</i> inches in height
+containing shelves <i>3</i> feet <i>6</i> inches in length, <i>7</i> inches in width
+and <i>1</i> inch in depth is an ideal stack for an open-access Lending
+Library. This stack fitted with Tonks’ fittings, the metal
+studs being about ¾ inch apart, contains <i>7</i> shelves to the tier.
+For Lending Library purposes we can estimate that nine books
+will take one foot of shelf space, and each of the shelves will
+carry thirty books, therefore <i>7</i> shelves or one tier will accommodate
+<i>210</i> books, <i>3</i> tiers, or one bay will take <i>630</i> books and
+the complete stack will hold <i>1,260</i> volumes. If we take <i>1,250</i>
+as an average for each stack we can work out any problem
+arising if we know the number of books. For Reference
+Libraries <i>8</i> books to the foot is the usual run. The shelves are
+<i>9</i> inches apart and the top shelf <i>6</i> feet from the floor and the
+bottom shelf <i>1</i> foot from the floor.</p>
+
+<p>Iron and steel book-stacks, standard size, for “closed”
+libraries or for books accessible only to the staff are generally
+<i>7</i> feet <i>6</i> inches by <i>3</i> feet <i>2</i> inches, by <i>15</i> inches, which may
+be joined (generally in bays of three) together. Standard
+reference book-stacks are <i>7</i> feet <i>6</i> inches, by <i>3</i> feet <i>2</i> inches,
+by <i>18</i> inches. Special cases must be provided for large books.
+For detailed particulars of shelving <i>see</i> Brown’s “Manual of
+library economy,” <i>1907</i> edition, Sections <i>139-150</i>, and <i>1919</i>
+edition, Sections <i>143-158</i>; Champney’s “Public Libraries,”
+<i>pp. 30-39</i>; Brown <i>and others</i>—“Open-access Libraries.”</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Reading Tables.</span></p>
+
+<p>Reading-room Tables should be made of oak, and for
+adults they should be <i>2</i> feet <i>6</i> inches high, and the breadth,
+where both sides are used by readers should not be less than
+<i>3</i> feet. Each reader should be allowed <i>2</i> feet <i>6</i> inches. Tables
+should never be longer than <i>7</i> feet <i>6</i> inches. Where there is
+sufficient space tables <i>5</i> feet long and <i>3</i> feet in breadth are the
+best. If a sloping top is required a <i>fillet</i> should be placed at the
+bottom to prevent papers slipping off. No more than <i>4</i> to <i>6</i>
+readers should be accommodated at each table.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_168">[Pg 168]</span></p>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Newspaper Reading Slopes.</span></p>
+
+<p>A projecting brass rail, upon which readers may rest their
+arms, should always be fixed at the bottom of the slope. About
+<i>4</i> feet run should be allowed for each paper when possible, but
+<i>3</i> feet <i>6</i> inches will do if space is limited. The usual height of
+wall slopes is <i>3</i> feet, from the floor to the bottom of the slope,
+and <i>5</i> feet from the floor to the title plate, which should take the
+form of movable boards fitted into brass brackets and placed
+at the top of the slope in the centre of the newspaper. The
+bottom of the slope should be <i>1</i> foot <i>3</i> inches from the wall.
+There are several kinds of brass screw clips for fastening the
+newspapers to the stands, but revolving holders should be used
+for illustrated papers.</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Reading Room Chairs.</span></p>
+
+<p>Arm-chairs are to be preferred to any others. The height
+of the seat should be <i>1</i> foot <i>4</i> inches except for juvenile readers
+(when the height will range from <i>12</i> inches for children <i>5-9</i>
+years of age, with an additional inch for every four years up
+to <i>21</i> years of age).</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">“Open-access” Enclosure.</span></p>
+
+<p>The lending library counter in an open-access library
+should be <i>3</i> feet high and <i>2</i> feet wide and the minimum area
+for the enclosure should be <i>8</i> feet by <i>8</i> feet for the smaller
+libraries and a minimum of <i>10</i> feet by <i>10</i> feet for libraries
+registering a daily issue of over <i>1,000</i> volumes. For detailed
+kinds of barriers, latches, etc., see Brown’s “Manual of library
+economy,” <i>1907</i> edition, Sections <i>128-129</i>; <i>1919</i> edition,
+Sections <i>131-136</i>; and Brown <i>and others</i> “Open-access
+libraries.”</p>
+
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Miscellaneous.</span></p>
+
+<p>Gangways between double reading tables, with movable
+chairs should be at least <i>6</i> feet. Gangways down the sides of
+centre of a room should be <i>7</i> feet. Space between each book,
+stack in a closed library should be a minimum of <i>4</i> feet and in
+an open-access library a minimum of <i>6</i> feet.</p>
+
+<p>In planning buildings <i>18</i> to <i>24</i> inches should be allowed for
+external walls, and <i>6</i> to <i>9</i> inches for internal walls.</p>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_169">[Pg 169]</span></p>
+
+
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_7_LIBRARY_ADMINISTRATION">COURSE 7: LIBRARY ADMINISTRATION.</h2></div>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Text Books Required.</span></h3>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>American Library Association—Manual of library economy.
+<i>Preprints Nos. 1-32. A.L.A. Also Grafton. 1s. 6d. each.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker (E. A.)—The public library. <i>O’Connor, 1922. 12s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick (A. E.)—The American public library. <i>3rd edition.
+Appleton, 1923. 12s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.)—Manual of library economy. <i>3rd edition,
+revised by W. C. B. Sayers. Grafton, 1919, 30s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown (J. D.) and others—Open access libraries. <i>Grafton
+1915. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dana (J. C.)—Library primer. <i>1910. Library Bureau. 6s.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>Grafton, 1909. 2s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae (W. S. C.)—Public library administration. <i>Routledge,
+1913. Also Grafton. 3s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck (G. E.) <i>and</i> Thorne (W. B.)—A primer of library
+practice. <i>Grafton, 1914. 5s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 1.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">General Policy, Administration and Arrangement of
+Chief Departments.</span></p>
+
+<p>In conjunction with the study of matters appertaining to
+the administration of libraries, the student will find that a
+policy of visiting as many libraries as possible will prove to
+be of material assistance in demonstrating the comparative
+value of the various details of arrangement, equipment, service,
+etc.</p>
+
+<p>Note carefully the points taken into consideration in
+planning the interior arrangement of the various departments,
+paying special attention to the essential requirements with
+regard to accommodation. (Read carefully the factors on
+pages <i>165-168</i>).</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_170">[Pg 170]</span></p>
+<p>Several matters are to be taken into consideration in
+deciding the best means of providing library facilities, and the
+functions and methods of administering branch libraries,
+delivery stations, and travelling libraries require studious
+attention.</p>
+
+<p>The provision of newsrooms is sometimes criticised as
+unnecessary. Go fully into the question, considering their
+purpose, cost, value, etc. Their planning and arrangement,
+as also of magazine rooms, govern in a large measure their
+success, and should be studied.</p>
+
+<p>The passing of the “1919 Act” has resulted in the rapid
+establishment of County Libraries, and introduced new
+problems in library policy. These will become more acute and
+consequently require increasing attention during coming years
+as the County Library systems develop. The loss of efficiency
+due to lack of co-operation will become more accentuated
+until means for the latter are provided. Various suggestions
+have already been made and these should receive careful
+consideration when making the necessary survey of the whole
+question.</p>
+
+<p>Many libraries have adopted a policy of centralising certain
+branches of administrative work, such as cataloguing, classification,
+etc. Give full attention to this and consider in what
+circumstances and to what extent this practice can be advantageously
+adopted.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">General.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Aldred—Matters connected with the organisation of
+libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 18, 1916, pp. 1-20.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bond—Some features of recent library practice in Great
+Britain. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 17, 1915, pp. 227-243.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—Administration. <i>Chap. 12. A.L.A. Manual
+of library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 21, pp.
+282-311.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_171">[Pg 171]</span></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chaps.
+8-12, pp. 106-166.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown and others—Open access libraries. <i>Chaps. 2-4, pp.
+16-104.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 3-40</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Roebuck and Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 29-66</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Sandbach—Inter-library lending. <i>L.A.R. New Series.
+Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 230-241.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sharp—Adult education and the public library. <i>L.A.
+Vol. 18, 1925, pp. 124-127; 159-164.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Branch Libraries, Delivery Stations, Travelling
+Libraries.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Barrett—Branch libraries ... relations with central
+library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 78-84.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chaps. 8 and
+18, pp. 114-121; 243-260.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap,
+26, pp. 366-374.</i></p>
+
+<p>Eastman—Branch libraries. <i>Chap. 15. A.L.A. Manual
+of library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library economics, <i>pp. 89-91</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration, <i>pp. 41-48</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice, <i>pp. 83-85</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Savage—Delivery stations and town travelling libraries.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 119-127.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Rural Libraries</span>.</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library, <i>pp. 134-168</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+35, pp. 477-485.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gray—County library systems. <i>Grafton, 1922. 7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hetherington—Rural libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol 18, 1916,
+pp. 195-211.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_172">[Pg 172]</span></p>
+
+<p>Macleod—County rural libraries. <i>Grafton, 1923. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Possible means of co-operation between burgh and
+rural libraries. <i>L.A. Vol 16, 1923, pp. 375-385.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wright—Some principles of rural library economy. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 23, 1920-21, pp. 537-540.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap"><span class="err" title="original: Newrooms">Newsrooms</span>. Magazine Rooms.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 55-63.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bolton—The newsroom as a department of the public
+library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 335-343.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+31, pp. 424-438.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ellison—Newspapers and periodicals: methods of display,
+etc. <i>L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 129-137.</i></p>
+
+<p>Evans—Reading room methods. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10.
+pp. 373-378.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jones—The newsroom. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 14, 1912, pp. 182-190.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library economics. <i>pp. 7, 38, 97-101, 103.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 19-33.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 73-82.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> State what you know of the rural library movement in
+England. Can you give the administrative arrangements
+of any particular system?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> What consideration would govern your choice between
+delivery stations and branch libraries?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Describe the principal methods of arranging newspapers
+and periodicals in a reading room. Give titles
+of 10 daily, 10 weekly, and 10 monthly newspapers
+and periodicals which would be your first choice.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> In a library system with a central department and four
+branches would you place any administrative work
+under central control? Give full reasons for your
+decision.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_173">[Pg 173]</span></p>
+<p>5. What do you consider to be the chief services a newsroom
+renders to the public? State what you consider to be
+the main objections to the establishment of newsrooms.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 2.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Special Departments.</span></p>
+
+<p>The several departments of which an up-to-date library is
+composed each have their own peculiar problems, all of which
+are incapable of satisfactory solution without special consideration.</p>
+
+<p>Library work with children is growing in extent and importance,
+and librarians of the immediate future may find this
+branch of their many-sided activities requiring their first
+attention. Note the special provision of lectures, story-hours,
+exhibitions, etc., and the special points to be borne in mind
+during the planning, equipment and arrangement of children’s
+rooms.</p>
+
+<p>The section dealing with children’s libraries in the appended
+reading list will require more time than many students are able
+to spare. In such cases Sayers’s “Children’s Library” should
+be read first, supplemented by the shorter articles.</p>
+
+<p>Consider also the best methods of co-operation between
+libraries and schools.</p>
+
+<p>The adolescent question is one of the constantly recurring
+problems which have exercised the minds of librarians for a
+number of years. With regard to the fact that the adolescent
+reader requires special attention, opinions may be said to be
+just as unanimous as they are divided in deciding the form
+in which that special attention is to be given, hence the necessity
+for fully considering the suggestions which have been made
+towards a solution.</p>
+
+<p>A special effort should be made to make the local collection
+as complete as possible. Ascertain the best methods of storing
+and making its contents available, and note what should be
+included in it.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_174">[Pg 174]</span>
+Increased activity is being shown in meeting business and
+commercial requirements. These vary according to locality,
+but every effort should be made to ascertain what has been
+accomplished in the large centres—Bolton, Bristol, Glasgow,
+Liverpool, Manchester, etc., where a special feature has been
+made of this work. Obtain if possible, the handbooks issued
+by these towns describing their commercial libraries.</p>
+
+<p>In connection with the provision of music in libraries some
+rather novel suggestions have been put forward, <i>e.g.</i>, the use
+of gramophones, wireless, etc. These proposals should receive
+consideration, and the replies and views expressed while they
+have been under discussion should be noted.</p>
+
+<p>Study the pros and cons of the policy of providing separate
+Ladies’ Room and Students’ Rooms, and their respective
+requirements in equipment, arrangement, supervision, etc.</p>
+
+<p>Attention must be given to the necessary procedure in
+obtaining literature for blind readers, noting specially the
+sources of supply.</p>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Lending Departments (General).</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 33-43.</i></p>
+
+<p>Parker—Procedure in changing from a closed to an open-access
+library. <i>L.A. Vol. 9, 1912, pp. 63-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp 13-18.</i></p>
+
+<p>Thorne—Problem of the adolescent. <i>L.A. Vol. 16, 1923,
+pp. 206-210.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Children’s Libraries</span> (<i>see also pp. <a href="#Page_41">41-44</a>.</i>)</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 63-74.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition, Chap.
+32, pp. 439-456.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown <i>and others</i>—Open-access libraries. <i>Chap. 9, pp.
+199-208</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Dallimore—Object lessons to school children in the use of
+libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 11, 1909, pp. 49-68.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_175">[Pg 175]</span></p>
+<p>Downey—Teaching the use of the library. <i>L.J. Vol.
+40, 1915, pp. 637-641.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ellison—Library work with children. <i>L. &amp; B. W. Vol.
+6, 1915, pp. 91-95; 114-117.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gilbert—Talks and readings to children. <i>L.W. Vol. 21,
+1918-19, pp. 120-124.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hazeltine—Library work with children. <i>Wilson, New
+York, 1917. Also Grafton. 7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Library work with children. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919,
+pp. 90-102.</i></p>
+
+<p>Olcott—Library work with children. <i>A.L.A. Manual.
+Chap. 29.</i></p>
+
+<p>Powell—The children’s library. <i>Wilson, New York, 1917.
+Also Grafton. 10s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Price—The story-hour in libraries. <i>P.L. Vol. 12, 1907.
+pp. 347-9.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rees—-Libraries for children. <i>Grafton, 1924. 12s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—The children’s library. <i>English Library. Routledge,
+1911. Also Grafton. 3s. 0d. O.P.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Some notes on story-telling in libraries. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 20, 1917-18, pp. 288-90; 314-316.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">School Libraries.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Alexander—School libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 24, 1922, pp.
+12-19.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 122-134.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+33, pp. 457-466.</i></p>
+
+<p>Frayer—Co-operation between public libraries and elementary
+schools. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 61-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Green—School libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 227-241.</i></p>
+
+<p>McColvin—The relation between the library and the school.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 22, 1919-20, pp. 360-362.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 49-53.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_176">[Pg 176]</span></p>
+
+<p>Ward—The high-school library. <i>A.L.A. Manual. Chap. 7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wood—Administration of high-school libraries as branches
+of public libraries. <i>L.J. Vol. 39, 1914, pp. 659-662</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Local Collections. Special Collections.</span> (<i>See also pp.
+<a href="#Page_47">47-50</a></i>).</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chaps.
+28-9, pp. 399-417.</i></p>
+
+<p>Collier—Local records in public libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol 13,
+1911, pp. 268-275.</i></p>
+
+<p>Johnston—Special libraries. <i>Chap. 8. A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 19-24.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pollitt—The duty of the public librarian in relation to local
+literature and bibliography. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914,
+pp. 119-126.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 54-56.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ridley—Special libraries and information bureaux. <i>L.A.R.
+(New Series). Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 242-255.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers—Local collection problems. <i>L.W. Vols. 18-19,
+1915-17.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Commercial and Technical Libraries</span> (<i>see also pp. <a href="#Page_46">46-47</a>.</i>)</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 74-91.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+30, pp. 418-423.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—The commercial library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 118-124.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Organisation of British trade: the commercial
+library. <i>Manchester: Sherratt &amp; Hughes. 2d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt—Memoranda on commercial libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+19, 1917, pp. 175-178.</i></p>
+
+<p>Reynolds—The technical library in its relation to the
+educational and industrial development. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+19, 1917, pp. 250-261.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_177">[Pg 177]</span></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Technical libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 21, 1919, pp.
+264-270.</i></p>
+
+<p>The technical library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp. 121-157.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Music Department.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bostwick—-The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 24, pp.
+336-338.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—Popularising music through the library. <i>In
+his Library Essays.</i> <i>Wilson: New York, 1920, pp.
+325-340.</i></p>
+
+<p>McColvin—Music in public libraries. <i>Grafton, 1924. 7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Riddle—Music in public libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914,
+pp. 1-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Music and gramophones in public libraries. <i>L.A.
+Vol. 18, 1925, pp. 60-65.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Ladies’ Rooms. Students’ Rooms.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition.</i> Section
+<i>479, pp. 437-438</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 27-28.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 34-40.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 82-83.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—Ladies’ reading rooms. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913,
+pp. 80-84.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Books for the Blind.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Austin—National Library for the Blind. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 12,
+1910, pp. 304-312.</i></p>
+
+<p>Austin—Present ... possibilities of the public library
+service to the blind. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 450-460.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 91-95.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 33, pp.
+324-335.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Section
+197, pp. 181.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_178">[Pg 178]</span></p>
+
+<p>Chamberlain—Library work with the blind. <i>Chap. 30,
+A.L.A. Manual of Library Economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neisser—Report of the A.L.A. Committee on library work
+with the blind. <i>A.L.A. Bulletin. Vol. 2, 1908, pp.
+216-221.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Books for the blind. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 22, 1920, pp.
+257-259.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Draw a rough plan of a children’s lending library and
+reading room, 30 feet by 25 feet, showing arrangement
+of bookcases, tables, and other necessary furniture.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Outline what you consider to be the ideal arrangement
+for dealing with adolescent readers.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> What are the respective purposes of a commercial and
+a technical library? Indicate briefly the nature of the
+essential stock.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What subjects would you choose in giving eight short
+talks to children? Give the main points you would
+include in a talk on “How to use the library.”</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What do you consider to be the best method of working
+school libraries? Give the main points you would
+include in instructions to school librarians.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> State exactly what you would include in a local collection,
+and your procedure in the formation of one.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 3.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Aids To Readers.</span></p>
+
+<p>If there is any dividing line in the duties of a librarian, it
+surely falls just when a suitable building has been erected and
+an adequate stock, carefully classified and catalogued, has
+been provided. From this point there is a good deal of what,
+perhaps, may be termed propaganda work to be undertaken.
+The ideal library should be the centre of all literary activity
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_179">[Pg 179]</span>within the locality, but before this stage is reached advantage
+must be taken of every possible opportunity to reach and enrol
+those lukewarm citizens who are to be found in every locality.</p>
+
+<p>After the necessary attention has been paid to the ground
+covered in this lesson, the student will find enjoyable, and
+certainly beneficial, the task of compiling a list of all methods
+of popularising and increasing the use of a library. If succeeding
+in contributing some new and practicable suggestion,
+something solid will have been contributed to library science.</p>
+
+<p>A thoroughly efficient Reference Department cannot fail
+to render first-class service to any community, but it must be
+remembered that the very nature of reference work renders
+compulsory a high state of efficiency. A comparison of the
+duties of reference and lending staffs will assist one to visualise
+the special requirements of the department more clearly. In
+surveying the various reference duties, consider the advisability
+of allowing certain books to be taken out on loan, the extent
+to which you would allow access to the stock, the disposition
+of the various classes, and make a special note of the books
+which are essential for the quick-reference section (<i>see page
+72</i>). Note also the means (indexing, etc.) necessary to render
+all information immediately accessible.</p>
+
+<p>Useful work is done in many places by Information
+Bureaux. Note the information these are expected to supply,
+the preparation necessary to equip them for the purpose they
+serve, and their possible development.</p>
+
+<p>The success of a series of lectures depends chiefly on their
+proper organization. See what arrangements are essential to
+their success, and the best methods of ensuring that the
+interest created results in increased use being made of the
+library. University Extension and other movements, by wise
+co-operation, can serve the library in this respect.</p>
+
+<p>Study the various points in connection with the formation
+of Reading Circles, and the efforts required in order to guarantee
+their retention as a live factor contributing to the success of
+the library.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_180">[Pg 180]</span>
+The Central Library for Students renders assistance to
+libraries. Study the nature of this, the conditions and the
+potentiality of the Library as the centre of a more ambitious
+scheme of a national reservoir library for the distribution of
+certain classes of books.</p>
+
+<p>Consider the utility of the Bulletin, the information it should
+contain, the policy of including advertisements to defray cost,
+and the various points in connection with its production.
+Several libraries issue bulletins (<i>see page 111</i>). If possible,
+obtain copies of these.</p>
+
+<p>Up to the present the usual publicity methods have not
+been called to the service of the library to the same extent in
+England as in America. View the question from all aspects,
+note what is at present being done by various libraries, and
+consider the numerous suggestions which have been made for
+the expansion of this form of activity.</p>
+
+<p>Note the importance of good shelf and stack guiding as aids
+to readers. (<i>See pages <a href="#Page_84">84-5</a> and read the articles given under the
+names of Coutts, Savage and Stewart.</i>)</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">General.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>2nd edition, revised. Faxon &amp; Co.: Boston, 1919. Also
+Grafton. 22s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fearnside—Co-operation between a town library and local
+societies and bodies. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 20, 1918, pp. 140-149.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jones—Some aids to readers. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+225-233.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 87-90.</i></p>
+
+<p>Spofford—Book for all readers. <i>3rd edition. Putnam, 1905.
+O.P. Chap. 10, pp. 190-214.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stewart—How to use a library. <i>Elliot Stock, 1910.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_181">[Pg 181]</span></p>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Reference Work.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>A.L.A.—Manual of library economy. <i>Chap. 22.</i></p>
+
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 44-55.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ballinger—The reference library. <i>L. Vol. 9, 1908, pp.
+353-369.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 5, pp.
+63-80.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+27, pp. 375-398.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 12-15; 52-55.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pitt—Possible co-operation in reference library work.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol. 15, 1913, pp. 408-412.</i></p>
+
+<p>Powell—The reference library. <i>L.A.R. (N.S.). Vol. 2,
+1924, pp. 77-86.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 4-12.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice, <i>pp. 64-66</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Information Bureaux.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Section
+421, pp. 396-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Information Bureaux and special libraries. Report of
+Proceedings of the First Conference, <i>1924</i>. <i>Library
+Association, 1925. 3s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Krauss—Information bureaux in public libraries. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 12, 1910, pp. 14-22.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 57-62.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ridley—Special libraries and information bureaux. <i>L.A.R.
+(N.S.) Vol. 3, 1925, pp. 242-255.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smither—Information bureaux in public libraries. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 13, 1910-1911, pp. 99-106.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Lectures.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Baker—The Public Library. <i>pp. 100-114.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ballinger—Lectures and extensions. <i>L. Vol. 10, 1909,
+pp. 188-200.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_182">[Pg 182]</span></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+526-536, pp. 467-475.</i></p>
+
+<p>Curran—The public lecture in relation to public library
+work. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp. 313-321.</i></p>
+
+<p>Gordon—Library lectures. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 16, 1914, pp.
+316-323.</i></p>
+
+<p>Haxby—History, organisation, and educational value of
+municipal library lectures. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
+123-132.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—A note on library readings. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 18, 1916,
+pp. 53-62.</i></p>
+
+<p>Newcombe—Raison d’etre of library lectures. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 9, 1907, pp. 231-243; 261-266.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 89-95.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Reading Circles.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Harris—Organization and conduct of reading circles. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 17, 1914-15, pp. 69-72.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pomfret—Reading circles. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11, pp.
+289-294.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 96-102.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Exhibitions.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+537-8, pp. 475-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 32-33.</i></p>
+
+<p>Piper—Library exhibitions. <i>L.W. Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp.
+275-280.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 128-130.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>Wilson, New York:
+1924. Also Grafton. (Chap. 12, pp. 155-202, Displays
+and exhibits).</i></p>
+
+<p>Warner—Holiday literature and picture exhibitions. <i>L.W.
+Vol. 12, 1909-10, pp. 49-54.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_183">[Pg 183]</span></p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library and the community. <i>A.L.A., 1924.
+Also Grafton. (Chap. 26, pp. 291-307, Exhibits and
+displays).</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Central Library for Students.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Central Library for Students, by A. W. Pollard. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 19, 1917, pp. 372-378.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Library Magazines, Book Lists</span>, etc.</h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Section
+264, pp. 251-254.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 117-120.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sayers <i>and</i> Stewart—Library magazines. <i>L.W. Vols. 7
+and 8, 1904-6.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>Chap. 9, pp. 91-110.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library and the community. <i>Chaps. 22 and
+23, pp. 243-267.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Publicity.</span></p>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>A.L.A.—Manual of library economy. <i>Chapter 31.</i></p>
+
+<p>Briscoe—Library advertising. <i>Coptic Series. Grafton, 1921.
+7s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Piper—Library advertising methods. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 15,
+1913, pp. 71-79.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>Wilson, New York:
+1924. Also Grafton.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library and the community. <i>A.L.A., 1924.
+Also Grafton. 15s.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> What steps would you take to ensure that the library
+obtained full publicity and benefit from co-operation
+in a course of University Extension lectures?</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give a brief account of the National Home Reading
+Union, and state how you would conduct a reading
+circle.</p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_184">[Pg 184]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> In what way can the Central Library for Students assist
+the public library?</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> What is an information bureau?</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> By what principal means would you advertise a library?</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> What steps would you take to keep readers fully acquainted
+with new additions?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 4.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Bookbinding. Stationery. Printing.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang">
+<p><i>Note.—Bookbinding is dealt with in Course I, Lesson 7 on
+pp. <a href="#Page_16">16-18</a>, which should be treated as part of the present
+lesson.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<p>All assistants should be thoroughly familiar, not merely
+with the various forms used in their own library, but with the
+several variations which are used in others. Study methods of
+storing stationery, recording supplies, and note the means of
+checking supplies in stock in order to avoid the irritating
+experience of finding some particular item out of stock when
+most urgently required.</p>
+
+<p>The necessary procedure, agreements, and arrangements
+in dealing with the printer, and the checking of proof, should
+be noted.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Printing.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+265-266, pp. 254-257.</i></p>
+
+<p>Proof reading marks and signs. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 308-09.</i></p>
+
+<p>Walter—Library printing. <i>Chap. 32, A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Ward—Publicity for public libraries. <i>Chap. 16, pp. 271-298.
+Library printing and printing economies.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wheeler—The library and the community. <i>Chap. 21, pp.
+223-242. Layout and typography of printed matter.</i></p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_185">[Pg 185]</span></p>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Stationery.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+322-327, pp. 296-301.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Classification of office papers. (Originally published
+in Brown’s Subject Classification).</p>
+
+<p>Madeley—Classification of office papers. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6,
+1904, pp. 367-387.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Outline in full the method you would adopt in dealing
+with stationery supplies, giving ruling of any record
+you would use.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Give as many proof correction marks, with explanations,
+as you can.</p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h3><i>Lesson 5.</i></h3>
+
+<p class="center"><span class="smcap">Routine and Correspondence Details.</span></p>
+
+<p>Assistants are reminded that no matter how wisely the
+general policy and administration of a library may be directed,
+no small measure of its ultimate success is dependent on a
+scrupulous regard for accuracy in the discharge of the many
+and varied details which make up the daily routine. The various
+library duties are so co-ordinated that it is almost impossible
+to make mistakes singly, and the slightest inaccuracy or inattention
+to minor details will reduce the efficiency of a library’s
+service.</p>
+
+<p>Everything appertaining to staff routine, accession methods,
+replacements, revision of stock, discarding, registration of
+borrowers, checks on work and readers, charging and filing
+methods, accounting, statistics, etc., can be done in different
+ways, but only work based on a careful study and comparison
+of the various methods can achieve real success.</p>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Reading List.</span></h4>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Accession Methods.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+14, pp. 189-205.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_186">[Pg 186]</span></p>
+
+<p>Collier—A rational accession method. <i>L. &amp; B.W. Vol. 9,
+1908, pp. 1-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hopper—Order and accession department. <i>Chap. 17,
+A.L.A. Manual of library economy.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—Accessions: the checking processes. <i>L. Vol. 1,
+1899, pp. 152-163.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 8-10.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 46-50.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Checks on Work. Time Sheets.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sections
+89-90, pp. 90-92.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 80-83.</i></p>
+
+<p>McGill—A form of work-sheet. <i>L.W. Vol. 13, 1910-11,
+pp. 204-206.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Registration of Borrowers.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+24, pp. 341-349.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 87-89.</i></p>
+
+<p>Neesham—Registration of borrowers. <i>L.W. Vol. 12,
+1909-10, pp. 341-343.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 78-88.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 50-53.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Issue Methods.</span></h5>
+
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Chap.
+25, pp. 350-365</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Brown <i>and others</i>—Open access libraries. <i>Chap. 7, pp. 155-178.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. <i>pp. 1-5; 57-63; 10-12.</i></p>
+
+<p>Pollitt—Principles of book charging. <i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13,
+pp. 340-343.</i></p>
+
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_187">[Pg 187]</span></p>
+
+<p>Rae—Public library administration. <i>pp. 63-77.</i></p>
+
+<p>Roebuck <i>and</i> Thorne—Primer of library practice. <i>pp. 54-58;
+65-66.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Storing. Maps. Prints. Pamphlets. Photographic
+Surveys, Etc.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>A.L.A.—Manual of library economy. <i>Chap. 25.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>1919 edition. Sects.
+300-313., pp. 414-5; 429-442.</i></p>
+
+<p>Goss—Methods of ... preserving prints. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+17, 1915, pp. 349-362.</i></p>
+
+<p>Jast—The treatment of pamphlets. <i>L.W. Vol. 4, 1901-2,
+pp. 60-63.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sparke—Newspaper rack for bound volumes. <i>L.W. Vol.
+3, 1900-01, pp. 127-128.</i></p>
+
+<p>Spofford—Book for all readers. <i>Chap. 7, pp. 145-156.</i></p>
+
+<p>Warner—Photographic surveys in connection with public
+libraries. <i>L.A. Vol. 6, 1909, pp. 240-245.</i></p>
+
+<p>Woodbine—Modern methods of book storage. <i>L.A.R. Vol.
+12, 1910, pp. 446-454.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Statistics.</span> <span class="smcap">Annual Report.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Bostwick—The American Public Library. <i>Chap. 20, pp.
+266-281.</i></p>
+
+<p>Brown—Manual of library economy. <i>Chap. 4, pp. 60-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hetherington—Library statistics. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 19, 1917,
+pp. 1-16.</i></p>
+
+<p>Minto—Public library statistics. <i>L. New Series. Vol. 2,
+1900, p. 164.</i></p>
+
+<p>Willcock—What should an annual report contain? <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 8, 1906, pp. 363-371; 392-397.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h5><span class="smcap">Miscellaneous Administrative Details.</span></h5>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Coutts—Overdue books and the treatment of defaulters.
+<i>L.W. Vol. 14, 1911-12, pp. 241-246.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_188">[Pg 188]</span></p>
+<p>Dixon—the bespoken file. <i>L.W. Vol. 15, 1912-13, pp.
+316-7.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fry—Fines and other penalties. <i>L.W. Vol. 17, 1914-15,
+pp. 1-8.</i></p>
+
+<p>Hatcher—Stocktaking methods. <i>L.A. Vol. 5, 1904, pp.
+43-46.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library Economics. Reserved Books, <i>p. 92</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4><span class="allsmcap">QUESTIONS.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Draw up a weekly time and work sheet for a library
+containing lending, reference, and juvenile departments,
+open <i>9-30</i> a.m. to <i>8-0</i> p.m. each week day.
+The staff consists of five senior and ten junior assistants,
+working forty-two hours per week.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> State what information you would include in an annual
+report.</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give the ruling of (<i>a</i>) accession book (<i>b</i>) overdue book
+(<i>c</i>) cash receipt book (<i>d</i>) donation book.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Mention the various methods of indicating ownership
+of books, stating which you prefer for reference and
+lending library books, newspapers, and periodicals.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> Give in their correct order the various processes through
+which a book has passed from entering the library to
+the time it is issued to a reader.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> By what means would you ascertain the number of books
+consulted in (<i>a</i>) an open access and (<i>b</i>) a closed reference
+department?</p>
+</div>
+
+<h4 class="center">TEST EXAMINATION.</h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Describe what you consider to be the best means of
+advertising a library.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Assume that legal proceedings are about to be taken
+for the recovery of a book. By what steps has the
+case reached this stage? Give wording of the necessary
+correspondence in connection with the case.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_189">[Pg 189]</span></p>
+<p><i>3.</i> Show, by a rough plan, how you would arrange the
+bookcases, barriers, and necessary furniture and fittings
+for an open-access library 50 feet by 40 feet, not top-lighted.</p>
+
+<p><i>4.</i> Discuss the policy of providing special reading rooms
+for ladies.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> State how the public library can most usefully collaborate
+with the Education Committee in relation to continuation
+schools.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Describe what aids you would provide in a closely
+classified lending library to indicate the exact location
+of a book, and give what you consider to be the best
+method of dealing with “oversize” books.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Give the approximate initial cost of establishing a home
+bindery, stating what requisites you would provide.
+What advantages would be gained by having such a
+department?</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Discuss the policy of allowing children free access to
+the whole of the stock in their department.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Name twenty works which you consider essential to the
+success of a quick-reference section.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> Outline the duties of an assistant in a (<i>a</i>) children’s
+library (<i>b</i>) lending library (<i>c</i>) information desk.</p>
+
+<p><i>11.</i> Give a list of ten newspapers and six general, six trade,
+six political, and six ladies’ periodicals you would
+recommend for a general reading room. State what
+you consider to be the best means of displaying them,
+and outline fully the instructions you would give with
+regard to filing the periodicals you select.</p>
+
+<p><i>12.</i> Discuss the value of statistics in estimating the work
+done by a public library.</p>
+</div>
+<hr class="chap x-ebookmaker-drop"><div class="chapter"><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_190">[Pg 190]</span></p>
+
+
+<h2 class="nobreak" id="COURSE_8_HISTORY_OF_LIBRARIES">COURSE 8: HISTORY OF LIBRARIES.</h2></div>
+
+<p>There are not wanting those who claim as the first and
+greatest of all libraries that vast and glorious “stone book
+of nature.” It was by observing the ability of hard substances
+to leave their impress on those of a softer nature—the
+means by which this great stone-book was written—that
+man acquired the art of writing, of recording his opinions and
+the various incidents of his life and the lives of those around
+him. In the earliest stages of his progress in this art this was
+done on the walls of his rough habitations, but later man
+adopted a more permanent and convenient form on bark,
+leaves, skin, tablets of clay and like substances.</p>
+
+<p>It was for the preservation of these that “houses of the
+records” came to be established throughout the countries of
+the ancient peoples, sometimes as parts of their temples and
+sometimes as distinct buildings, and it is from these that our
+modern libraries have evolved.</p>
+
+<p>As a study, the history of libraries only appeals to a small
+portion of the library profession, therefore, I am not giving
+special reading lists, but simply a brief outline of the requirements
+necessary, a select bibliography of the more important
+works, and the questions one would expect a student to be able
+to answer should he present himself for examination. For a
+general idea of primitive libraries Edward Clodd’s “Story of
+the alphabet” <i>Library of Useful Stories</i>, Richardson’s “Beginnings
+of libraries,” <i>1914</i>, and Rawlings’ “Story of books,”
+<i>1912</i> should be read as an introduction to the subject.</p>
+
+<h3><span class="smcap">Requirements.</span></h3>
+
+<p>Origin, varieties and history of libraries in general. The
+ancient libraries of Assyria, Babylonia, Chaldea, Egypt,
+Persia, Greece and Rome. Mediæval libraries and their modern
+successors—Monastic, Royal and University libraries. Private
+libraries should also be known, and students must become
+familiar with the lives of eminent book-collectors from the
+<span class="pagenum" id="Page_191">[Pg 191]</span>earliest times to the present day. Such names as the following
+should be noted: Benedict; Richard de Bury; Nicholas V.;
+the Medici Family; Jean Grolier; Sir Thomas Bodley;
+Gabriel Naudé; Jules Mazarin; Robert Harley; Sir Hans
+Sloane; J. A. Zaluski; Duke of Roxburghe; Lord Spencer;
+Lord Crawford; P. Morgan; H. E. Widener.</p>
+
+<p>The principal British libraries are:—</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>British Museum, London (including the departments at
+South Kensington); Bodleian Library, Oxford; University
+Library, Cambridge; John Rylands Library, Manchester;
+Chetham Library, Manchester; London Library;
+Guildhall Library, London; Sion College, London;
+Lambeth Palace, London; Trinity College, Dublin;
+National Library of Ireland; National Library of Scotland,
+<i>formerly</i> The Advocate’s Library, <span class="err" title="original: Ebinburgh">Edinburgh</span>; University
+Libraries of Aberdeen, St. Andrews, Edinburgh
+and Glasgow; Signet Library, Edinburgh; National
+Library of Wales, Aberystwyth.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The principal American libraries are:—</p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p>Boston Public Library; Chicago Public Library; Harvard
+University; John Crerar Library, Chicago; Newberry
+Library, Chicago; Yale University Library, New
+Haven; New York Public Library; Columbia University,
+New York; New York State Library, Albany; Public
+Library, Pittsburg, Philadelphia University; Library
+of Congress, Washington; University Library, Chicago;
+Cornell University, Ithaca.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>The principal European libraries are:—</p>
+
+<div class="hang"><p><i>Austria.</i>—Royal Library, Vienna; University Library, Vienna.</p>
+
+<p><i>Belgium.</i>—Royal Library, <span class="err" title="original: Brussells">Brussels</span>; University Library,
+Ghent.</p>
+
+<p><i>Denmark.</i>—Royal Library, Copenhagen.</p>
+
+<p><i>France.</i>—Arsenal Library, Paris; Bibliotheque Nationale,
+Paris; St. Geneviéve, Paris; University Library (Sorbonne),
+Paris; Mazarin Library, Paris.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_192">[Pg 192]</span></p>
+<p><i>Germany.</i>—Royal Library, Berlin; Ducal Library, Darmstadt;
+Royal Library, Dresden; University Library,
+Gottingen; University Library, Heidelberg; University
+Library, Leipzig; Royal Library, Munich; University
+Library, Munich; University Library, Strassburg;
+Royal Library, Stuttgart; City Library, Hamburg.</p>
+
+<p><i>Greece.</i>—University Libraries, Athens.</p>
+
+<p><i>Holland.</i>—Royal Library, Hague; University Libraries,
+Leyden and Utrecht; Municipal University, Amsterdam.</p>
+
+<p><i>Hungary.</i>—Hungarian National Museum, Buda-Pest.</p>
+
+<p><i>Italy.</i>—National Library, Florence; Mediceo-Laurenzian
+Library, Florence; Vatican Library, Rome; Victor
+Emmanuel Library, Rome; Marcian Library, Venice;
+Ambrosian Library, Milan; National Library, Naples;
+University Library, Bologna; National Library, Turin.</p>
+
+<p><i>Norway.</i>—University Library, Oslo.</p>
+
+<p><i>Portugal.</i>—National Library, Lisbon.</p>
+
+<p><i>Russia.</i>—Imperial Library, Leningrad; University Library,
+Moscow.</p>
+
+<p><i>Spain.</i>—Royal Library, Escorial; National Library, Madrid.</p>
+
+<p><i>Sweden.</i>—Royal Library, Stockholm; University Library,
+Upsala.</p>
+
+<p><i>Switzerland.</i>—Cantonal and State Library, Zurich.</p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>SELECT BIBLIOGRAPHY.</h3>
+<div class="hang">
+<p>Americana—Article <i>Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Axon—Ancient and modern libraries. <i>In British Almanac
+Companion, 1876, pp. 103-122.</i></p>
+
+<p>Blades—On chained libraries. <i>L. Vol. 1, 1889, pp. 411-416.</i></p>
+
+<p>Boyd—Public libraries and literary culture in ancient Rome.
+<i>1915.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clark—The care of books: an essay on the development of
+libraries and their fittings, from the earliest times to the
+end of the eighteenth century. <i>C.U.P.</i>, <i>1901</i>.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_193">[Pg 193]</span>
+Clark—Libraries in the Mediæval and Renaissance Periods.
+<i>1894.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clarke—Repertorium bibliographicum; or some account of
+the most celebrated British libraries. <i>2 vols. Clarke.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cowper—Notices of ancient libraries. <i>Notes and Queries,
+1855. Vol. 2, pp. 258, 337, 361, 493, 512.</i></p>
+
+<p>Dechelette—Manuel d’archéologie prehistorique Celtique et
+Galto-Romaine. <i>Vol. 1. Paris, 1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Memoirs of libraries: including a handbook of
+library economy. <i>2 vols. Trubner, 1859.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>Contents</i>:—<i>Vol. 1, Book 1.</i>—Libraries of the Ancients,
+<i>p. 3-82</i>. <i>Book 2.</i>—Libraries of the Middle Ages, <i>pp.
+83-415</i>. <i>Book 3.</i>—Modern libraries of Great Britain
+and Ireland, <i>pp. 416-820</i>. <i>Vol. 2, Book 3 (cont.)</i>—Modern
+libraries of Great Britain and Ireland, <i>pp.
+3-162</i>. <i>Book 4.</i>—Libraries of the United States of
+America, <i>pp. 163-242</i>. Book 5.—Modern libraries of
+Continental Europe, <i>pp. 243-568</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Encyclopædia Britannica, <i>last two editions</i>.—Articles <i>Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Fay <i>and</i> Eaton—Instruction in the use of books and libraries.
+<i>Chap. 12, pp. 163-178.</i></p>
+
+<p>Graesel—Handbuch der Bibliothekslehre. <i>Weber: Leipzic,
+1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenwood—Free public libraries: their organisation, uses and
+management. <i>1886.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenwood—Public libraries: a history of the movement and
+a manual for the organisation and management of rate-supported
+libraries. <i>4th edition, 1894.</i></p>
+
+<p>Horne—Introduction to the study of bibliography. <i>2 vols.
+Cadell and Davies, 1814.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot">
+<p><i>Vol. 1.</i>—Memoir of the public libraries of the ancients,
+<i>pp. 1-25 and part 1, pp. 30-143</i>.</p>
+</div>
+
+<p>Kirkwood—Proposals made in <i>1699</i> to found public libraries
+in Scotland. <i>1889.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_194">[Pg 194]</span></p>
+<p>Koch—Portfolio of Carnegie Libraries.</p>
+
+<p>Libraries, Public—Return showing the names of all places in
+England, in Scotland, and in Ireland, in which the
+Public Libraries Acts have been adopted prior to the end
+of the last financial year, etc. <i>1912.</i></p>
+
+<p>Morgan—Monastic libraries. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 6, 1904, pp. 290-297.</i></p>
+
+<p>New International Encyclopedia—Article <i>Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Ogle—The free library: its history and present condition.
+<i>The Library Series, 1897.</i></p>
+
+<p>Phillips—The monastic libraries of Wales. <i>1913.</i></p>
+
+<p>Prideaux—Library economy in the <i>16</i>th century. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 10, 1909, pp. 152-174.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rau—Did Omar destroy the library of Alexandria. <i>Nineteenth
+Century, 1894, pp. 555-571.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rawlings—Story of books. <i>Useful Knowledge Series. Hodder
+&amp; Stoughton, 1912, pp. 9-70.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—The beginnings of libraries. <i>1914.</i></p>
+
+<p>Richardson—Biblical libraries: a sketch of library history
+from <span class="allsmcap">B.C.</span> <i>3400</i> to <span class="allsmcap">A.D.</span> <i>150</i>. <i>Princeton Univ. Press.
+Milford, 1915. 5s. 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>Rye—The libraries of London: a guide for students. <i>1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>Sandys—A history of classical scholarship, from the <i>6</i>th
+century <span class="allsmcap">B.C.</span> to the end of the Middle Ages. <i>3 vols.,
+1906-08.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—Old English Libraries, the making, collection and use
+of books during the Middle Ages. <i>The Antiquary’s
+Library. Methuen, 1911.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—The story of libraries and book-collectors. <i>The
+English Library. Routledge, 1908.</i></p>
+
+<p>Smith—Babylonian and Assyrian libraries. <i>North British
+Review, 1870, pp. 305-324.</i></p>
+
+<p>Spofford—The history of libraries. <i>In his “A book for all
+readers.” Putnam, 1905, Chap. 15, pp. 287-320.</i></p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_195">[Pg 195]</span></p>
+<p>Teggart—Contribution towards a bibliography of ancient
+libraries, <i>1899</i>. <i>Also in L.J. Vol. 24, p. 5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Universal Cyclopædia.—Article <i>Libraries</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Wheatley—Assyrian Libraries. <i>L.A.T. 1880, pp: 87-90.</i></p>
+
+<p>Williams <i>and</i> Meredith, <i>editors</i>.—The Librarians’ Guide.
+<i>Annually from 1923.</i></p>
+
+<p>Wynkoop—Commissions, state aid and state agencies. (<i>A.L.A.
+Manual of library economy. Chap. 27</i>).</p>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Book Collectors</span>:—</p>
+</div>
+<div class="hang"><p>Elton—Great book collectors. <i>1893.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Free town libraries. <i>Book-collectors, pp. 224 to
+end.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fletcher—-English book collectors. <i>1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Savage—The story of libraries and book collectors. <i>1909,
+pp. 211-220.</i></p>
+
+<p>Stephen—One hundred book collectors. <i>L.W. Vol. 10,
+1907, pp. 194. Also in Library Economics; pp. 63-80.</i></p>
+</div>
+
+<h3>SPECIAL LIBRARIES.</h3>
+
+<p class="hang"><i>Note.</i>—Cannons’ “Bibliography of library economy” [<i>1876-1923</i>];
+the “Story of the Nations” and “Countries
+and Peoples” series, should be consulted for each country.</p>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Great Britain and Ireland.</span></p>
+
+<p><i>Bodleian Library, Oxford.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Bodleian Library Tercentenary. <i>L.W. Vol. 5, 1902, pp.
+113-119.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bolton—History of the Bodleian library. <i>L.W. Vol. 12,
+1909-10, pp. 241-246.</i></p>
+
+<p>Clark—A Bodleian guide for visitors. <i>1906.</i></p>
+
+<p>Cowley—Recent history of the Bodleian library. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 23, 1921, pp. 316-325.</i></p>
+
+<p>Machray—Annals of the Bodleian library, <i>1598-1867</i>.
+<i>1868.</i></p>
+</div><p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_196">[Pg 196]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>British Museum, London.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Cowtan—Memories of the British Museum. <i>1872.</i></p>
+
+<p>Edwards—Lives of the founders of the British Museum:
+with notices of its chief augmentors and other benefactors,
+<i>1570-1870</i>. <i>2 Vols. 1870.</i></p>
+
+<p>Greenwood—Public libraries, <i>1894, pp. 493-501</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Rawlings—British Museum Library. <i>1916.</i></p>
+
+<p>Shelley—The British Museum: its history and treasures.
+<i>Pitman, 1911.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Cambridge University Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Aldis—Organization and methods of the Cambridge University
+Library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 7, 1905, pp. 625-636.</i></p>
+
+<p>Huck—University Library, Cambridge. <i>L.W. Vol. 13,
+1910-11, pp. 257-266.</i></p>
+
+<p>Protheroe—A memoir of Henry Bradshaw. <i>1888.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Chetham Library, Manchester.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Nicholson—The Chetham Hospital and Library. <i>1910.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>John Rylands Library, Manchester.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>John Rylands Library, Manchester: a brief historical
+description of the library and its contents, illustrated
+with thirty-seven views and facsimiles. <i>1914. John
+Rylands Library, 6d.</i></p>
+
+<p>John Rylands Library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 1, 1899. pp. 564-571;
+679-688.</i></p>
+
+<p>Lyell—John Rylands Library. <i>L.W. Vol. 19, 1916-17,
+pp. 312-314.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>London Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Purnell—The London Library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 23, 1921, pp.
+102-112.</i></p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_197">[Pg 197]</span></p>
+
+<p><i>London University Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Baker—The library of the University of London. <i>L.A.R.
+Vol. 16, 1904, pp. 28-38.</i></p>
+
+<p>Chambers—Library of the University College of London.
+<i>L.A.R. Vol 11, 1909, pp. 350-358; 361-363.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Marsh’s Library, Dublin.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>White—An account of Marsh’s library. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 1,
+1899, pp. 132-145.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>National Library of Ireland.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Vine—National Library of Ireland. <i>L.A.R. Vol 4, 1902,
+pp. 95-109.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>National Library of Wales.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>The National Library of Wales. <i>L.W. Vol 14, 1911-12,
+pp. 79-82.</i></p>
+
+<p>The National Library of Wales. <i>L.A.R. Vol. 13, 1911, pp.
+211-215; 276-284.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Sion College Library, London.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Pearce—Sion College and Library. <i>1913.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">France.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Mortet—The public libraries of France, national, communal
+and university. <i>L.A.R. Vol 3, (N.S.), 1925, pp. 145-159.</i></p>
+
+<p>Turnbull—The libraries of France. <i>L.W. Vol 12, 1909-10,
+pp. 125-127.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><i>Bibliotheque Nationale.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>The National Library of France. <i>L. Vol 4, 1892 pp.
+277-287.</i></p></div>
+
+<p><span class="smcap">Italy.</span> <i>Vatican Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Sayle—The Vatican Library. <i>L. Vol 6, 1894, pp. 327-343.</i></p></div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_198">[Pg 198]</span></p>
+<p><span class="smcap">Spain.</span> <i>Escorial Library.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Lyell—The Escorial and its library. <i>L.W. Vol. 24, 1921-22,
+pp. 81-84.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><span class="smcap">United States.</span></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot hang"><p>Bolton—American library history. <i>A.L.A. Manual of
+library economy. Chap. 1.</i></p>
+
+<p>Bolton—Proprietary libraries. <i>A.L.A. Manual of library
+economy. Chap. 5.</i></p>
+
+<p>Fletcher—Public libraries in America. <i>English Bookman’s
+Library, 1902.</i></p>
+
+<p>Flint—Statistics of public libraries in the United States,
+<i>1893</i>.</p>
+
+<p>Green—The public library movement in the United States,
+<i>1853-1893</i>; from <i>1876</i>, reminiscences of the writer.
+<i>Useful Reference Series, No. 8.</i></p></div>
+
+
+<p><i>Library of Congress.</i></p>
+
+<div class="blockquot"><p>Bishop—Library of Congress. <i>A.L.A. Manual of library
+economy. Chap. 2.</i></p>
+
+<p>Johnston—History of the Library of Congress. <i>1904.
+Vol. I. 1800-1864.</i></p>
+
+<p>Library of Congress and its work. <i>21 pp. Library of
+Congress.</i></p> </div>
+
+
+<h4><span class="smcap">Questions.</span></h4>
+<div class="hang">
+<p><i>1.</i> Write a brief account of the origin of the British Museum,
+and describe three of the notable collections of books
+or manuscripts which it contains.</p>
+
+<p><i>2.</i> Where were public libraries usually situated in ancient
+Rome, and what was the nature of the books kept in
+them?</p>
+
+<p><i>3.</i> Give an account of the library of the Abbey of Monte
+Cassino and of the rule of St. Benedict so far as it
+relates to the use of books.</p>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_199">[Pg 199]</span></p>
+<p><i>4.</i> Describe the various forms and kinds of books preserved
+in the ancient libraries before the invention of printing.</p>
+
+<p><i>5.</i> What do you know of the method of chaining books in
+libraries? State where chained books may still be seen.</p>
+
+<p><i>6.</i> Give a short account of the lives of two of the following:
+Andrew Carnegie; Edward Edwards; Henry Bradshaw;
+James Duff Brown; H. E. Widener.</p>
+
+<p><i>7.</i> Describe the physical properties of early forms of books,
+and their method of storage.</p>
+
+<p><i>8.</i> Name some monastic libraries that existed in England,
+and briefly describe four of them.</p>
+
+<p><i>9.</i> Give a brief historical sketch of four of the following
+libraries:—British Museum; Library of Congress;
+Bibliotheque Nationale, Paris; Vatican Library;
+Escorial Library; Royal Library, Copenhagen;
+John Rylands Library; National Library of Wales;
+National Library of Scotland; Trinity College, Dublin.</p>
+
+<p><i>10.</i> State briefly what you know of the following:—Richard
+de Bury; T. F. Dibdin; Henry Bradshaw;
+Matthias Corvinus; Petrarch; Assurbanipal; Sixtus
+IV.; Dr. Bray; Henry Huth; J. A. Zaluski; Lord
+Amhurst of Hackney; C. A. Cutter.</p>
+</div>
+<p><span class="pagenum" id="Page_200">[Pg 200]</span></p>
+<figure class="figcenter illowp100" id="decorationtwo" style="max-width: 25.0em;">
+  <img class="w100" src="images/decorationtwo.jpg" alt="" data-role="presentation">
+</figure>
+
+<div class="transnote">
+<h3><a id="Corrections"></a>Corrections</h3>
+<p>The first line indicates the original, the second the correction.</p>
+
+<p>The word “libaries” was converted to <span class="u">“libraries”</span> throughout the book.</p>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Library_Association">xii</a></p>
+<ul>
+<li>Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: Amercian Library Association.</li>
+
+<li>Cloth. pp. 154. Chicago: <span class="u">American</span> Library Association.</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_25">25</a></p>
+<ul>
+<li>Crown Octovo</li>
+<li>Crown <span class="u">Octavo</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_28">28</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>jusqu’a la fin du seiziéme siécle</li>
+
+<li>jusqu’à la fin du <span class="u">seizième siècle</span></li></ul>
+
+<ul><li>en langue francaise</li>
+
+<li>en langue <span class="u">française</span></li></ul>
+
+<ul><li>La minature Francaise</li>
+
+<li>La <span class="u">miniature</span> Française</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_32">32</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>English Cataogue of books</li>
+
+<li>English <span class="u">Catalogue</span> of books</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_46">46</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>lending departmant</li>
+
+<li>lending <span class="u">department</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_52">52</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Bibliographie der socialismus und cummunismus</li>
+
+<li>Bibliographie der Sozialismus und <span class="u">Kommunismus</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_61">61</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Describe briefly not nore</li>
+
+<li>Describe briefly not <span class="u">more</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_62">62</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Committee of the Bibliograhpical</li>
+
+<li>Committee of the <span class="u">Bibliographical</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_74">74</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Arcticles very brief</li>
+
+<li><span class="u">Articles</span> very brief</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_108">108</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>These may be had at a triflng cost</li>
+
+<li>These may be had at a <span class="u">trifling</span> cost</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_113">113</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>carry out the work in accorddance</li>
+
+<li>carry out the work in <span class="u">accordance</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_120">120</a></p>
+
+<ul>
+<li>Manley (J. M.) <i>and</i> Rickert (E.)—Contemporary British literature: bibliographies and study outlines. <i>1923.</i></li>
+<li><span class="u">Manly</span> (J. M.) <i>and</i> <span class="u">Rickett</span> (E.)—Contemporary British literature: bibliographies and study outlines. <i>1923.</i></li>
+
+</ul>
+
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_135">135</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>outbreak of of the French Revolution</li>
+
+<li>outbreak <span class="u">of the</span> French Revolution</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_143">143</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>The Brontes.</li>
+
+<li>The <span class="u">Brontës.</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_146">146</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>The Pre-Raphaelities</li>
+
+<li>The <span class="u">Pre-Raphaelites</span></li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_162">162</a></p>
+
+<p>The numbers 7 and 8 were in reverse order in the original.</p>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_172">172</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>Newrooms. Magazine Rooms.</li>
+
+<li><span class="u">Newsrooms.</span> Magazine Rooms.</li></ul>
+
+<p>p. <a href="#Page_191">191</a></p>
+
+<ul><li>formerly The Advocate’s Library, Ebinburgh;</li>
+
+<li>formerly The Advocate’s Library, <span class="u">Edinburgh;</span></li></ul>
+
+<ul><li>Belgium.—Royal Library, Brussells</li>
+
+<li>Belgium.—Royal Library, <span class="u">Brussels</span></li></ul></div>
+<div style='text-align:center'>*** END OF THE PROJECT GUTENBERG EBOOK 77611 ***</div>
+</body>
+</html>
author	www-data <www-data@mail.pglaf.org>	2026-01-03 10:46:32 -0800
committer	www-data <www-data@mail.pglaf.org>	2026-01-03 10:46:32 -0800
commit	2db4217b8dc075955cb3ae3996e87d7ca09d45c9 (patch)
tree	267e978cc66f05e34a1e47e8e6a90ce2a3fd224b /77611-h/77611-h.htm